4538 PMC® T1/E1/J1
Communications Controller
Hardware Reference Manual
Document No. UG4538-001ꢀ$
Print Date: 2FWREHUꢁꢂꢃꢃꢄ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copyright Notice
© 2001 by Interphase Corporation. All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America, 2001.
This manual is licensed by Interphase to the user for internal use only and is protected by copyright. The user is
authorized to download and print a copy of this manual if the user has purchased one or more of the Interphase products
described herein. All copies of this manual shall include the copyright notice contained herein. No part of this manual,
whether modified or not, may be incorporated into user’s documentation without prior written approval of
Interphase Corporation
13800 Senlac
Dallas, Texas 75234
Phone: (214) 654-5000
Fax: (214) 654-5506
Disclaimer
Information in this manual supersedes any preliminary specifications, preliminary data sheets, and prior versions of
this manual. While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this manual, Interphase Corporation assumes
no liability resulting from omissions, or from the use of information obtained from this manual. Interphase Corporation
reserves the right to revise this manual without obligation to notify any person of such revision. Information available
after the printing of this manual will be in one or more Read Me First documents. Each product shipment includes all
current Read Me First documents. All current Read Me First documents are also available on our web site.
THIS MANUAL IS PROVIDED “AS IS.” INTERPHASE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERPHASE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE
TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Trademark Acknowledgments
Interphase® and Syncard® are registered trademarks and CellView™, (i)chip™, ADSLWatch™, ADSLEye™,
SynWatch™, SynEye™, FibreView™, and the Interphase logo are trademarks of Interphase Corporation.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Assistance
Product Purchased from Reseller
Contact the reseller or distributor if
• You need ordering, service or any technical assistance.
• You received a damaged, incomplete or incorrect product.
Product Purchased Directly from Interphase Corporation
Contact Interphase Corporation directly for assistance with this, or any other Interphase Corporation
product. Please have your purchase order and serial numbers ready.
Customer Support
United States:
Europe:
Telephone: (214) 654-5555
Fax:
(214) 654-5506
E-Mail:
Telephone: + 33 (0) 1 41 15 44 00
Fax:
+ 33 (0) 1 41 15 12 13
World Wide Web
Anonymous FTP Server
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
FOR INTERPHASE CORPORATION SOFTWARE
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO USER–READ CAREFULLY
THIS END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR INTERPHASE CORPORATION SOFTWARE
(“AGREEMENT”) IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU (EITHER AN INDIVIDUAL OR SINGLE
ENTITY) AND INTERPHASE CORPORATION FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCTS ENCLOSED HEREIN
WHICH INCLUDES COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND PRINTED MATERIALS (“SOFTWARE”). BY
INSTALLING, COPYING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE ENCLOSED SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE
BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN, WITHIN THIRTY DAYS, THE UNUSED
SOFTWARE TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU OBTAINED IT FOR A FULL REFUND.
The Software is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property
laws and treaties. The Software is licensed, not sold.
Grant of License: You are granted a personal license to install and use the Software on a single computer solely for
internal use and to make one copy of the Software in machine readable form solely for backup purposes.
Restrictions on Use: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software. You may not distribute
copies of the Software to others or electronically transfer the Software from one computer to another over a network.
You may not use the Software from multiple locations of a multi-user or networked system at any time. You may not
use this software on any product for which it was not intended. You may not use this software on any non-Interphase
product. LICENSEE MAY NOT RENT, LEASE, LOAN, OR RESELL THE SOFTWARE OR ANY PART
THEREOF.
Ownership of Software: Interphase or its vendors retain all title to the Software, and all copies thereof, and no title
to the Software, or any intellectual property in the Software, is being transferred.
Software Transfer: You may permanently transfer all of your rights under this Agreement, provided you retain no
copies, you transfer all the Software, and the recipient agrees to the terms of this Agreement.
Limited Warranty: Interphase Corporation (“Seller”) warrants that (i) the hardware provided to Buyer (“Products”)
shall, at the F.O.B. point, be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date
of shipment to Buyer; (ii) the software and/or firmware associated with or embedded in the Products shall comply with
the applicable specifications for a period of six (6) months from the date of shipment to Buyer; and (iii) its services
will, when performed, be of good quality. Defective and nonconforming Products and software must be held for
Seller’s inspection and returned at Seller’s request, freight prepaid, to the original F.O.B. point.
Upon Buyer’s submission of a claim in accordance with Seller’s Return and Repair Policy, Seller will, at its option
either (i) repair or replace the nonconforming Product; (ii) correct or replace the software/firmware; (iii) rework the
nonconforming services; or (iv) refund an equitable portion of the purchase price attributable to such nonconforming
Products, software, or services. Seller shall not be liable for the cost of removal or installation of products or any
unauthorized warranty work, nor shall Seller be responsible for any transportation costs, unless expressly authorized
in writing by Seller. This warranty does not cover damage to the Product resulting from accident, disaster, misuse,
negligence, improper maintenance, or modification or repair of the Product other than by Seller. Any Products or
software replaced by Seller will become the property of Seller.
REMEDIES AND EXCLUSIONS. THE SOLE LIABILITY OF SELLER AND BUYER’S SOLE REMEDY FOR
BREACH OF THESE WARRANTIES SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE
PRODUCTS OR CORRECTION OF THAT PART OF THE SOFTWARE, WHICH FAILS TO CONFORM TO
THESE WARRANTIES. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, AND EXCEPT AS TO TITLE, THERE
ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IN CONNECTION WITH OR
ARISING OUT OF ANY PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE PROVIDED TO BUYER.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING
OUT OF THESE WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS,
LOSS OF DATA, USE OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. (IC-
199, 1/97)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Limitation of Liability: NEITHER INTERPHASE NOR ITS LICENSORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY
GENERAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Confidentiality: The Software is copyrighted and contains proprietary and confidential trade secret information of
Interphase and its vendors. Licensee agrees to maintain the Software in confidence and not to disclose the Software to
any third party without the express written consent of Interphase. Licensee further agrees to take all reasonable
precautions to prevent access to the Software by unauthorized persons.
Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, Interphase may terminate this Agreement if you fail to comply
with any term or condition of the Agreement. In such event you must destroy the Software together with all copies,
updates, or modifications thereof.
Export: You agree to comply with all export and re-export restrictions and regulations of the U.S. Department of
Commerce or other applicable U.S. agency. You must not transfer the Software to a prohibited country or otherwise
violate any such restrictions or regulations.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure of the Software to or by the U.S. Government
is subject to restrictions as set forth in the applicable U.S. federal procurement regulations covering
commercial/restricted rights software. You are responsible for complying with the notice requirements contained in
such regulations.
General: You acknowledge that you have read and understand this Agreement, and by installing and using the
Software you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions herein. You further agree that this is the complete and
exclusive Agreement between Interphase and yourself. No variation of the terms of this Agreement or any different
terms will be enforceable against Interphase unless agreed to in writing by Interphase and yourself. The validity of this
Agreement and the rights, obligations, and relations of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the substantive
laws of the State of Texas. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the remaining
provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby. All rights in the Software not specifically granted in this
Agreement are reserved by Interphase.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Figures ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅY
List of TablesꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅYLL
List of ExamplesꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅL[
Using This Guideꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[L
Purposeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[L
Audienceꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[L
Byte Ordering and Bit Coding Conventionꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LL
Type Definitionꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LL
Code Examples ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LL
Icon Conventionsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LL
Text Conventions ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ [LLL
Interphase WWW/FTP Site ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LY
WWW Methodꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LY
FTP Methodꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ[LY
Overview ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄ
4538 Hardware Structureꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢂ
The PowerQUICC IIꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢂ
PowerQUICC II Resetsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢆ
System Clocksꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢇ
PCI Local Space Mappingꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢇ
Interruptsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈ
Memory Controllersꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈ
Communication Processor Module (CPM) I/O Ports ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉ
CPM TDM Bussesꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢃ
Bank of Clocksꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄ
Baud Rate Generatorꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄ
Ethernet 10/100BaseTꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄ
TTY Console Serial Port ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢂ
User-Programmable LEDsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢂ
The PCI Bridgeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢆ
PowerSpan PCI Configuration Registersꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢇ
PowerSpan PCI Registersꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢊ
PowerSpan Processor Bus Registers ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢋ
PowerSpan DMA Registers ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢈ
PowerSpan Miscellaneous Registersꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢉ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
PowerSpan I²O Registersꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢌ
Interrupt Pins and Doorbell Usage ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢌ
PCI to Local Interrupt (ATN) ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢃ
Local to PCI Interrupt (–INTA)ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢄ
Hardware and Software Resets Through the PowerSpan ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢄ
Local Space Access From PCI Memory Spaceꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢄ
Access to the FLASH EEPROM Through CompactPCIꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢇ
PCI Memory Space and I/O Space Access From the PowerQUICC IIꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢇ
In-situ EPLDs Programmingꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢋ
Serial EEPROM Connected to the PowerSpan ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢈ
Board Equipment Registerꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢈ
Vital Product Data (VPD)ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢌ
Interphase-Specific Production Data and Boot Monitor Parameters ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢌ
The FLASH EEPROM Boot Memoryꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢂꢌ
The QuadFALC T1/E1/J1 Framerꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆꢃ
The Ethernet Transceiverꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆꢆ
TDM Bus Configurationsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆꢇ
Generalꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆꢇ
Multiplex Direct Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢆꢉ
Independent Direct Mode ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢇꢂ
Switched Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢇꢉ
Pass-Through Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢊꢂ
Overviewꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢊꢌ
PowerSpan Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢊꢌ
PowerSpan Hardware Configuration Wordꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢊꢌ
PowerSpan Register Initialization Through the I²C Serial EEPROM ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢃ
Other PowerSpan Initializationsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢄ
PowerQUICC II Hardware Configuration Wordꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢂ
PowerQUICC II Initializationsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢆ
PowerQUICC II System Interface Unit (SIU) Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢆ
Internal Memory Map Register (IMMR)ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢆ
Bus Configuration Register (BCR)ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢆ
System Protection Control Register (SYPCR) ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢇ
60x Bus Arbiter Registers (PPC_ACR, PPC_ALRH, and PPC_ALRL) ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢇ
SIU Module Configuration Register (SIUMCR) ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢇ
Bus Transfer Error Registers (TESCR1 and L_TESCR1)ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢊ
Memory Controllers ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢊ
SDRAM Controller and SDRAM Device Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢊ
GPCM Controller Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢋ
UPM Controller Programmingꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢋ
MPC603e Core Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢋ
MMU Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢋ
Cache Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢋ
Communication Processor Module Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢈ
I/O Port Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢋꢈ
ii
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
CPM RCCR Reset ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢋꢈ
Overview ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢋꢌ
PowerQUICC II CPM Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢋꢌ
Serial Interfaces and Time Slot Assigner Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢋꢌ
TDM Busses in Multiplexed Direct Mode and in Switched Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢋꢌ
TDM Busses in Independent Direct Mode ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢃ
TDM Busses in Pass-Through Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢄ
Clocks and Baud-Rate Generatorsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢆ
Introductionꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢆ
BRGCLK ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢆ
BRG7 – TTY Baud-Rate Generatorꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢆ
MCC Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢆ
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢊ
Introduction ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢊ
Master Clock Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢊ
TDM Busses General Structureꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢊ
Multiplexed Direct Mode ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢋ
Independent Direct Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢉ
Switched Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢈꢌ
Pass-Through Modeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢃ
Framing and Line Coding Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢂ
Common Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢂ
T1 Specific Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢂ
E1/E1-CRC4 Common Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢂ
E1 Non-CRC4 Specific Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢆ
E1-CRC4 Specific Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢆ
Clock Synchronization Initialization ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢆ
Transmit Pulse Shapeꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢇ
Line LED Controlꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢇ
The Ethernet Port Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢇ
The TTY Framer Initializationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢇ
PowerSpan Configuration by the PCI Hostꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢈ
PCI Configuration ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢈ
Interrupt Pin Configurationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢈ
PCI-to-Local Window Configurationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢈ
Controlling the 4538 Hardware and Software Resetsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢈ
Controlling the PCI-to-Local Interrupt ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢉ
Local to PCI Interrupt (–INTA) ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢌ
Local Space Access From PCI Memory Space ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢉꢌ
Access to the FLASH EEPROM Through PCI ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢌꢃ
FLASH EEPROM Programming Algorithmsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢌꢂ
Serial EEPROM Connected to the PowerSpanꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢌꢂ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
In Situ EPLD Programmingꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢆ
Optimizing the PCI Bus Utilizationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢆ
Effective Ordering of the PCI Accessesꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢆ
PCI Deadlock Situationsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢇ
Connector Placementꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢊ
Front Panelꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢋ
LED Descriptionsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢋ
RJ48 Connectors J1 and J2ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢋ
Ethernet 10/100 RJ45 Connector J3ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢈ
TTY Serial Port J4ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢉ
PMC Connectorsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢉ
PMC Connectors P1 and P2ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢌꢉ
PMC Connector P4ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢆ
Debug Port J5ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢊ
ISP Enable Jumper JP1ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢋ
Blank Card Jumper JP2ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢋ
Connector Summaryꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢈ
Carrier Card Specificationꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢈ
CompactPCI Carrier Cardꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢈ
Custom Carrier Cardꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢃꢌ
6435 Rear Transition Moduleꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢃ
PMC Card Dimensions ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢆ
Carrier Card Dimension Requirements ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢇ
Bibliography ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢊ
Industry Standards ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢊ
Telecommunication Standardsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢋ
Manufacturers’ Documentsꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢄꢄꢉ
Glossary ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢂꢄ
Indexꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ ꢄꢂꢈ
iv
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Figures
Figure 1-3.
Figure 3-1.
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 5-6.
4538 Structure....................................................................................................................................2
Local Space Mapping.........................................................................................................................6
Board CPU_LEDs............................................................................................................................13
Local Space Access From PCI Memory Space ...............................................................................23
PCI I/O or Memory Space Access from Local Space......................................................................26
TDM Busses General Structure .......................................................................................................35
General Clock Structure (Framer 1 & 2) .........................................................................................36
General Clock Structure (Framer 3 & 4) .........................................................................................37
TDM Busses in Multiplex Direct Mode ..........................................................................................39
Clocks in Multiplex Direct Mode (Framer 1 & 2)...........................................................................40
Clocks in Multiplex Direct Mode (Framer 3 & 4)...........................................................................41
TDM Busses in Independent Direct Mode ......................................................................................45
Clocks in Independent Direct Mode (Framer 1 & 2).......................................................................46
Clocks in Independent Direct Mode (Framer 3 & 4).......................................................................47
TDM Busses in Switched Mode ......................................................................................................49
Clocks in Switched Mode (Framer 1 & 2).......................................................................................50
Clocks in Switched Mode (Framer 3 & 4).......................................................................................51
TDM Busses in Pass-Through Mode (1->2 & 3->4 Example)........................................................54
TDM Busses in Pass-Through Mode (2->1 & 4->3 Example)........................................................55
Clocks in Pass-Through Mode (Framer 1 & 2)................................................................................56
Clocks in Pass-Through Mode (Framer 3 & 4)................................................................................57
Mapping of Four 2 MHz Streams into an 8 MHz Stream................................................................76
Connectors on the Component Side.................................................................................................95
Connectors and LEDs on the Solder Side........................................................................................95
Connectors and Leds on front panel ...............................................................................................96
TTY connector : 2.5mm stereo jack plug ........................................................................................98
4538 Connectors ............................................................................................................................107
8-Port 6435 Rear Transition Module Layout.................................................................................110
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Figures
vi
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Tables
Table 1-1. PCI Local Space Mapping ........................................................................................................................5
Table 1-2. Local Interrupts ........................................................................................................................................7
Table 1-3. PowerQUICC II Memory Controller Machine Usage .............................................................................7
Table 1-4. CPM Port A Usage ...................................................................................................................................8
Table 1-5. CPM Port B Usage ...................................................................................................................................8
Table 1-6. CPM Port C Usage ...................................................................................................................................9
Table 1-7. CPM Port D Usage ...................................................................................................................................9
Table 1-8. CPM SI1 TDM Busses Wiring ...............................................................................................................10
Table 1-9. CPM SI2 TDM Busses Wiring ...............................................................................................................10
Table 1-10. CPM Bank of Clocks Usage ...................................................................................................................11
Table 1-11. CPM Baud Rate Usage ...........................................................................................................................11
Table 1-12. Ethernet Signals on the CPM .................................................................................................................11
Table 1-13. Asynchronous Console Serial Port Wiring ............................................................................................12
Table 1-14. User-Programmable LED Control Ports ................................................................................................13
Table 1-15. PCI Configuration Registers ..................................................................................................................14
Table 1-16. PowerSpan PCI Registers .......................................................................................................................15
Table 1-17. PowerSpan Processor Bus Registers ......................................................................................................16
Table 1-18. PowerSpan DMA Registers ...................................................................................................................17
Table 1-19. PowerSpan Miscellaneous Registers ......................................................................................................18
Table 1-20. PowerSpan I²O Registers .......................................................................................................................19
Table 1-21. PowerSpan Interrupt Pin Usage .............................................................................................................20
Table 1-22. Serial EEPROM Mapping ......................................................................................................................27
Table 1-23. Board Equipment Register Layout .........................................................................................................27
Table 1-24. Hardware Configuration Register Field Descriptions ............................................................................28
Table 1-25. FLASH EEPROM Mapping ...................................................................................................................29
Table 1-26. GCM Register Programming (MCLK=12.500 MHz) ............................................................................31
Table 1-27. Transmit Pulse Shape Programming ......................................................................................................31
Table 1-28. QuadFALC Multifunction Port Usage ...................................................................................................32
Table 1-29. Ethernet LEDs ........................................................................................................................................33
Table 1-30. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Multiplex Direct Mode ..............................................................38
Table 1-31. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Independent Direct Mode ..........................................................42
Table 1-32. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Switched Mode ..........................................................................48
Table 1-33. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Pass Through Mode ...................................................................52
Table 2-1. PowerSpan Register Initialization Values in the Serial EEPROM ........................................................60
Table 2-2. PowerQUICC II Memory Controller Machine Usage ...........................................................................65
Table 2-3. CPM Port Register initialization Values ................................................................................................67
Table 3-1. GCM Register Programming .................................................................................................................75
Table 3-2. Channel Phase Programming in Multiplexed System Data Streams .....................................................77
Table 3-3. QuadFALC RCLK Reference Source for DCO-R .................................................................................77
Table 3-4. Common T1/E1/E1-CRC4 Initialization ...............................................................................................82
Table 3-5. T1 Specific Initialization ........................................................................................................................82
Table 3-6. E1/E1-CRC4 Common Initialization .....................................................................................................82
Table 3-7. E1 Non-CRC4 Specific Initialization .....................................................................................................83
Table 3-8. E1-CRC4 Specific Initialization. ............................................................................................................83
Table 3-9. Slave Mode Initialization .......................................................................................................................83
Table 3-10. Master Mode Initialization .....................................................................................................................83
Table 5-1. RJ48 Connectors J1 and J2 .....................................................................................................................97
Table 5-2. Ethernet 10/100 RJ45 Connector ...........................................................................................................97
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Tables
Table 5-3. J4 TTY Serial Connector ....................................................................................................................... 98
Table 5-4. PMC Connector P1 ................................................................................................................................ 98
Table 5-5. PMC Connector P2 .............................................................................................................................. 100
Table 5-6. PMC Connector P4 .............................................................................................................................. 103
Table 5-7. J5 Debug Port ...................................................................................................................................... 106
Table 5-8. CompactPCI J3 Pin-Out ...................................................................................................................... 107
Table 5-9. CompactPCI J5 Pin-Out ...................................................................................................................... 108
Table 5-10. T1/E1/J1 RJ48 Connector .................................................................................................................... 111
viii
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Examples
([DPSOHꢁꢂꢀꢄꢅꢁ
([DPSOHꢁꢇꢀꢇꢅꢁ
([DPSOHꢁꢇꢀꢊꢅꢁ
3RZHU6SDQꢁ,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUVꢁ,QLWLDOL]DWLRQꢁ&RGH ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢋꢂ
5HVHWꢁDQGꢁ5XQꢁ&RPPDQGꢁ5RXWLQHV ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢉꢉ
3&,ꢁWRꢁ/RFDOꢁ,QWHUUXSWꢁ5RXWLQHVꢁꢍ)URPꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁ6LGHꢎ ꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢉꢉ
5RXWLQHVꢁ5HODWHGꢁWRꢁ/RFDOꢀWRꢀ3&,ꢁ,QWHUUXSWꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢉꢌ
6HWꢁDQGꢁ5HVHWꢁ)/$6+ꢁ0RGHꢁ5RXWLQHꢁꢍ)URPꢁ3&,ꢁ6LGHꢎꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢌꢃ
)/$6+ꢁ5HDGꢁDQGꢁ:ULWHꢁ5RXWLQHVꢁꢍ)URPꢁ3&,ꢁ6LGHꢎꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢌꢄ
,ð&ꢁ6HULDOꢁ((3520ꢁ5HDGꢁDQGꢁ:ULWHꢁ5RXWLQHVꢁꢍ)URPꢁ3&,ꢁ6LGHꢎꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅꢁꢌꢂ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
List of Examples
x
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using This Guide
Purpose
This 4538 Hardware Reference Manual is designed for software developers in Interphase
customer organizations who intend to develop embedded software and/or host drivers for
the 4538 T1/E1/J1 communications controller.
The 4538 is delivered with an Interphase Boot Firmware located in the FLASH memory.
This firmware initializes and configures the 4538 hardware at each boot. It also includes
built-in self tests and a monitor. Software developers can decide to keep the Interphase Boot
Firmware and develop an operational firmware that will start after the completion of this
Interphase Boot Firmware. This solution is recommended for the following reasons:
• PowerQUICC II and 4538 initial hardware configuration code is already developed
and validated by Interphase in the boot firmware.
• Interphase Boot Firmware provides several ways to download and execute
developer’s operational firmware.
• Interphase Boot Firmware can be used during the life of the product for operational
firmware updates and field unit tests.
However, if the software developers decide to re-develop their own Boot Firmware, this
manual describes in detail the 4538 Hardware and provides information relative to its
initialization and configuration.
NOTES
To install the 4538 Communications Controller in your CompactPCI Machine, please
refer to the 4538 Board Installation and Maintenance Guide. Different cautions and
warnings are described to avoid damage to your communications controller.
All the booting process and software elements composing the Interphase Boot
Firmware are described in the 4538 Built-In Self test and Monitor Users Guide. Refer
to this document when using Boot Firmware.
Audience
This guide was written assuming that readers have extensive knowledge of the C
programming language and of methods for developing and installing software drivers.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Byte Ordering and Bit Coding Convention
Byte Ordering and Bit Coding Convention
The PCI bus uses the Little Endian Byte ordering: byte 0 in a 32-bit word is the Least
Significant Byte (LSB) from an arithmetic point of view and is noted D(7:0). The PowerPC
architecture uses the Big Endian Byte ordering: byte 0 in a 32-bit word is the Most
Significant Byte (MSB) from an arithmetic point of view and is noted D(31:24).
The PowerPC architecture uses the very unusual Little Endian Bit convention, where bit 0
is on the left and is the most significant bit. Unless otherwise noted, this document does not
use this convention. Instead, it uses the classical bit coding convention, where bit 0 (on the
i
right) is the least significant bit and bit i is the 2 weight bit. This is the Big Endian Bit
convention. This coding convention applies to data, addresses, and bit fields. In the
following figure, MSB means Most Significant Byte and LSB Least Significant Byte:
ꢆꢄ
ꢂꢇ
ꢈ
ꢃ
06%
/6%
The standard C convention is used to identify the numeric format of arithmetical values:
•
•
No prefix for decimal values
0x prefix for a hexadecimal value
For example 0x12 = 18.
Type Definition
Only a few basic types are used:
•
•
•
byte: unsigned, coded as 8 bits
word: unsigned, coded as two contiguous bytes, most significant first
dword: unsigned, coded as two contiguous words, most significant first
Code Examples
This document provides several algorithm descriptions presented in PowerPC assembly
language and in C language.
Icon Conventions
Icons draw your attention to especially important information:
NOTE
The Note icon indicates important points of interest related to the current subject.
xii
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CAUTION
The Caution icon brings to your attention those items or steps that, if not properly
followed, could cause problems in your machine’s configuration or operating
system.
WARNING
The Warning icon alerts you to steps or procedures that could be hazardous to your
health, cause permanent damage to the equipment, or impose unpredictable results
on the surrounding environment.
Text Conventions
The following conventions are used in this manual. Computer-generated text is shown in
typewriter font. Examples of computer-generated text are: program output (such as the
screen display during the software installation procedure), commands, directory names, file
names, variables, prompts, and sections of program code.
Computer-generated text example
Commands to be entered by the user are printed in bold Courier type. For example:
cd /usr/tmp
Pressing the return key (¤ Return) at the end of the command line entry is assumed,
when not explicitly shown. For example:
/bin/su
is the same as:
/bin/su ¤ Return
Required user input, when mixed with program output, is printed in bold Couriertype.
References to UNIX programs and manual page entries follow the standard UNIX
conventions.
When a user command, system prompt, or system response is too long to fit on a single line,
it will be shown as
Do you want the new kernel moved into
\vmunix?[y]
with a backslash at either the beginning of the continued line or at the end of the previous
line.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking and Downloading from the Interphase WWW/FTP Site
Checking and Downloading from the
Interphase WWW/FTP Site
The latest production software drivers, firmware, and documentation (in Adobe Acrobat
PDF or text format) for our current products are available on our WWW / FTP site.
Interphase recommends our customers visit the web site often to verify that they have the
latest version of driver, firmware, or documentation.
WWW Method
1. Access the following web page:
2. Move the mouse (or other pointer) and click on the Productsoption. A menu will
appear on the left side with Telecom and Server I/O options. Choose the
appropriate menu item.
3. A new web page with a list of the currently offered products will appear. Choose
the correct communications controller for your system bus and configuration needs
by clicking on the product number (i.e. 4531S, 6535, 4575, etc.).
4. The Product Description page appears for that product number. At the left side of
the page is a list showing further information web pages for that product. Choose
the SW Downloads item.
5. A new web page appears with a list of the latest released drivers available for that
adapter based on the operating system. Click on the line that describes your driver
requirement. Depending on your browser configuration, the driver will now
download to your system. If this doesn’t work correctly, try to ‘right-click’ on the
proper driver and choose an option that will save the file to your local file system.
FTP Method
1. From your command line, enter following:
2. At the Login: prompt, enter anonymous
3. At the Password: prompt, enter your E-mail address.
4. At the ftp prompt, enter binary
5. Enter cd pub
6. To list all the available product technology directories, enter dir. The 00README.txt
file in each directory gives a description of the files and subdirectories in that
directory.
7. To access the directory for the technology that you require, enter cd followed by
the appropriate directory name. Most technology directories also have bus and
xiv
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
operating system subdirectories. In these cases, you must choose the proper bus
and operating system by typing cd <directory> for the appropriate subdirectories.
8. To download one or more files to your local directory, enter get <filename>
9. To exit the FTP site, enter quit or bye
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking and Downloading from the Interphase WWW/FTP Site
xvi
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1Hardware Description
1
Overview
The Interphase 4538 PMC E1/T1/J1 Communications Controller is a network interface PCI
Mezzanine Card (PMC) equipped with four software-selectable T1/E1/J1 interfaces (two
are provided on the front panel). The 4538 board is intended for 2G and 3G wireless
networks, Internet access, and Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) applications.
This chapter provides the functional specification of the 4538. It describes how the different
main components of the board are arranged together.
The main components of the 4538 are:
®
• The PowerQUICC II™, a Motorola MPC8260 RISC embedded processor.
• The Tundra PowerSpan™, a dedicated PCI bridge that controls the interface
between the card and the host 32-bit PCI bus.
• 4 MB of 8-bit FLASH EEPROM memory.
• 32 MB or 64 MB of 64-Bit SDRAM system memory
• The INFINEON QuadFALC™ framers, included in the 4538 communications
controller, which control four independent T1/E1/J1 interfaces. For each interface,
the QuadFALC includes a framer and a Line Interface Unit (LIU) with data and
clock recovery.
• The INTEL LXT971A, an IEEE compliant Fast Ethernet transceiver that supports
10BaseT/100BaseTX auto-negotiation and parallel detection.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
4538 Hardware Structure
Figure 1-1 shows the 4538 hardware structure:
/LQH
,ꢄ)
03&ꢀꢁꢂꢃ
/LQH
,ꢄ)
3&,
%XV
3RZHU63$1
3&,
/LQH
,ꢄ)
%ULGJH
(ꢅꢄ-ꢅꢄ7ꢅ
Figure 1-1. 4538 Structure
The PowerQUICC II
The local CPU is a Motorola MPC8260 RISC embedded processor. The MPC8260
includes three major parts:
• An MPC603e core
• A System Interface Unit (SIU)
• A Communication Processor Module (CPM)
The MPC603e core is derived from the PowerPC™ 603e core and includes mainly the
integer core and the 16 KB data and 16 KB instruction caches.
The SIU includes a memory management unit and enables control of the external 60x local
bus (64-bit data width). The SIU also provides a local bus (32-bit data, 32-bit internal/18-
bit external address) used to enhance the operation of the Fast Communication Controllers
(FCCs). It can be used to store connection tables for ATM, buffer descriptors, or raw data
that is transmitted between channels. It is synchronized with the 60x bus and runs at the
same frequency. The 4538 does not provide CPM local memories.
The Communication Processor Module (CPM) is a super-set of the PowerQUICC II CPM
with additional capabilities. It features:
• Two Multichannel Communications Controllers (MCCs)
2
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
• Three Fast Serial Communications Controllers (FCCs). One is used to control the
Ethernet Media-Independent Interface (MII).
• Four Serial Communication Controllers (SCCs)
• Two Serial Management Controllers (SMCs)
• A debug serial port
• A Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
• Four timers and an interrupt controller
PowerQUICC II Resets
Once the card is powered-up and the power stabilized, the PowerQUICC II enters into a
sequence where it will define certain vital parameters, such as the type of its bus and the
PLL multiplication factors. Then it will wait for various conditions, such as PLL
stabilization and PCI reset signal de-asserted, before booting.
The PowerQUICC II is controlled by three reset signals:
• –PORESET: Power-on reset
• –HRESET: Hardware reset
• –SRESET: Software Reset
When –PORESET is activated, this also activates –HRESET and –SRESET. –PORESET
is the strongest reset. When –HRESET is activated, this also activates –SRESET. When
–SRESET is activated, it does not interfere with the other resets (–SRESET is the weakest
reset).
A power supervisor controls the MPC8260 input signal –PORESET. It activates
–PORESET (0) when the power is not stabilized (at power-up or during power failures).
The –PORESET is maintained active for 150 ms after stabilization of the power.
After –PORESET is de-asserted (set to 1), the MPC8260 waits 1024 input clock cycles and
samples the MODCK[1:3] bits, which define the default clock multiplication factor and
input clock used for the SPLL. The MPC8260 starts its PLL at this time. It maintains
–HRESET and –SRESET asserted while the PLL is not locked.
Through its pin –PB_RESET, the PowerSpan also maintains –HRESET asserted as long as
the PCI reset signal is activated.
PowerQUICC II –RSTCONF pin is tied to ground, indicating that the MPC8260 is the
configuration master. At the rising edge of –HRESET, the MPC8260 generates 64-bit reads
into its boot memory (the FLASH) with address starting at 0 and incrimented by 8. The first
eight bytes set its Hard Reset Configuration (for detailed initialization see PowerSpan
The PowerSpan has no dedicated pin to control the PowerQUICC II hard reset signal
–HRESET and soft reset signal –SRESET. Instead, two of its interrupt pins, –INT2 and
–INT3 respectively, configured as an output are used. These interrupt are controlled with
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
Once all the resets are de-asserted, the PowerQUICC II boots using its 8-bit FLASH device.
The MPC8260 can control the reset of the various communication peripherals through
certain CPM I/O ports. When the PowerQUICC II is in reset state, and until it configures
these I/O ports as outputs, these reset signals are activated.
System Clocks
The MPC8260 gets its reference clock in its CLOCKIN input pin from a 65.536 MHz
reference oscillator.
The MPC8260 input pins MODCK[1:3], along with the MODCK_H field from the Reset
Configuration Word define the input clock used for the SPLL and the default clock
multiplication factors. The resulting internal system frequencies are:
• PowerPC core frequency: 196.608 MHz (x3)
• CPM frequency: 131.072 MHz (x2)
PCI Local Space Mapping
The PowerPC local processor can address a 4 GB logical space. In this space, the following
elements are mapped:
• The vector table (including the reset entry point)
• The MPC8260 internal registers
• The main SDRAM memory
• The FLASH memory
• The PCI bridge (the PowerSpan) and its local-to-PCI window(s)
• The communication peripheral (QuadFALC)
When the MPC8260 boots, it is configured to select the FLASH memory, regardless of the
address generated. This will allow the PowerPC to always find the boot start entry in the
FLASH. After having booted, having executed a proper jump, and initialized the memory
controllers, both the vector table address and the FLASH address can be configured and
mapped in other areas: the developer will typically prefer to implement the vector table in
a R/W memory device (the main memory SDRAM).
The MPC8260 includes 12 banks with their respective Chip Selects.
The memory mapping has been defined in a way that allows use of the MMU Block
Address Translation (BAT) mechanism, which is simpler than the segments-and-pages
mechanism. This mechanism divides the memory into several areas that have their own
cache properties.
Depending on the device selected, the corresponding memory area can be defined as
“cachable” for better performance or must be set as “non cachable”. For instance, the
FLASH memory can be cachable. The areas in the SDRAM that are only accessed by the
4
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
local processor can also be cachable. The peripherals cannot be cachable. The area of
SDRAM memory used for the transfer of data cannot be cachable either, because it can be
modified by elements other than the PowerQUICC II, such as the PowerSpan DMA.
In order to simultaneously support cachable and non cachable areas in the SDRAM
memories, they are mapped twice in the local space. One mapping area will be defined as
cachable and the other will be defined as non cachable.
current 4538 Boot Firmware code, with the instruction and data BAT blocks and CS banks
used.
Table 1-1. PCI Local Space Mapping
IBAT/
CS
Address Area
Size
Element Accessed
DBAT Bank Property
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[ꢃꢆ))ꢁ)))) ꢋꢇ0% ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ0DLQꢁPHPRU\
ꢃ[ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[ꢉꢆ))ꢁ)))) ꢋꢇ0% ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ0DLQꢁPHPRU\ꢁꢍGXSOLFDWHGꢎ
ꢃ[&ꢃꢃꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[&)))ꢁ)))) ꢂꢊꢋ0% /RFDOꢁWRꢁ3&,ꢁZLQGRZꢍVꢎ
ꢃꢏꢃ
±ꢏꢄ
±ꢏꢂ
ꢄ
ꢄ
&DFKDEOH
1RWꢁFDFKDEOH
1RWꢁFDFKDEOH
±
ꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢂꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢂꢁ)))) ꢋꢇ8% 3RZHU6SDQꢁLQWHUQDOꢁUHJLVWHUV
±ꢏꢆ
1RWꢁFDFKDEOH
±
ꢂ
±
ꢃ
ꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢉꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢉꢁ)))) ꢋꢇ8% 4XDG)$/&
±ꢏꢆ
±ꢏꢆ
ꢆꢏꢆ
1RWꢁFDFKDEOH
1RWꢁFDFKDEOH
&DFKDEOH
ꢃ[))ꢃꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢁ)))) ꢄꢂꢉꢁ8% 03&ꢁLQWHUQDOꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁꢍ,005ꢁLQLWLDOꢁYDOXHꢎ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[))))ꢁ)))) ꢉꢁ0% )/$6+ꢁꢍLQLWLDOꢁYHFWRUꢁWDEOHꢁDWꢁꢃ[)))ꢃꢁꢃꢃꢃꢃꢎ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
0x0000 0000
0xF002 0000
0xF002 FFFF
0x03FF FFFF
0xF008 0000
0xF008 FFFF
0x8000 0000
0x83FF FFFF
0x8FFF FFFF
0xC000 0000
0xCFFF FFFF
0xFF00_0000
0xFF01_FFFF
0xFF80_0000
0xFFBF_FFFF
0xF000 0000
0xFFFF FFFF
0xFFFF_FFFF
Figure 1-2. Local Space Mapping
6
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
NOTE
Accesses from the CPM and the PowerSpan cannot go through the Memory
Management Unit (MMU), unlike the core accesses. Therefore, the CPM and
PowerSpan must use the physical addresses when accessing the SDRAMs (most
significant bit = 0). Accesses to 0x8000 0000 will not address the SDRAMs.
Interrupts
The PCI bridge PowerSpan and the communication peripherals generate interrupt requests
to the PowerQUICC II. These interrupts are level sensitive, active low.
Table 1-2. Local Interrupts
Source
MPC2860 Pin
MPC8260 IRQ
3RZHU6SDQꢁLQWHUUXSWꢁꢍ$71ꢎ
4XDG)$/&ꢁ,QWHUUXSW
±,54ꢄꢏ'3ꢄꢏ±(;7B%*ꢂ
±,54ꢄ
±,54ꢂ
±,54ꢆ
±,54ꢂꢏ'3ꢂꢏ±7/%,6<1&ꢏ±(;7B'%*ꢂ
(WKHUQHWꢁ/,8ꢁꢍ/;7ꢌꢈꢄ$ꢎꢁLQWHUUXSW ±,54ꢆꢏ'3ꢆꢏ±&8673B287ꢏ±(;7B%5ꢆ
Memory Controllers
The sophisticated memory controller units included in the PowerQUICC II are used on the
4538 boards to control all the external devices, except the PowerSpan, which is directly a
60x bus-compatible device. These units are a General Purpose Chip-select Machine
(GPCM) for SRAM, FLASH, and peripherals control, three User Programmable Machines
(UPM), and two SDRAM control machines (one used for Main SDRAM on 4538).
The memory controller unit to be used is defined bank per bank. Each bank is defined by
its Base Register (BRx) and its Option Register (ORx). The memory machine selection is
done in the Option register.
Table 1-3. PowerQUICC II Memory Controller Machine Usage
Element Accessed Bank
Memory Controller
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ*3&0
)/$6+ꢁ((3520
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ0DLQꢁPHPRU\
4XDG)$/&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ6'5$0ꢁPDFKLQH
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ830$
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
Communication Processor Module (CPM) I/O Ports
The CPM part of the PowerQUICC II provides several communication functions. These
functions use multi-mode pins that are grouped in four I/O ports: Port A, B, C, and D. The
4538 communications controller uses these ports as shown in the following tables:
Uhiyrꢀ ꢁ#ꢂꢀꢀCPM Port A Usage
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡ Qvꢀ8‚svtˆꢄh‡v‚
9vꢄ
V†htr
3$ꢍꢃꢎ
3$ꢍꢄꢐꢊꢎ
3$ꢍꢋꢎ
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2
2
,
&20&/8B1ꢁVLJQDO
8QXVHG
7'0Dꢄꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
2XWSXW
7'0Dꢄ
3$ꢍꢈꢎ
2
,
6:02'(B1ꢁVLJQDO
7'0Dꢄ
3$ꢍꢉꢎ
7'0Dꢄꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Dꢄꢐ/ꢄ7;'
2XWSXW
3$ꢍꢌꢎ
2
2
7'0Dꢄ
3$ꢍꢄꢃꢐꢆꢄꢎ
8QXVHG
Uhiyrꢀ ꢁ$ꢂꢀꢀCPM Port B Usage
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡ Qvꢀ8‚svtˆꢄh‡v‚
9vꢄ
V†htr
3%ꢍꢇꢐꢈꢎ
3%ꢍꢉꢐꢄꢄꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢂꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢆꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢇꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢊꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢉꢐꢄꢌꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢉꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3%ꢍꢆꢃꢎ
3%ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
)&&ꢆꢐ7;'>ꢆꢐꢃ@
)&&ꢆꢐ5;'>ꢃꢐꢆ@
)&&ꢆꢐ&56,
2
,
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)&&ꢆꢐ&2/
,
2
2
,
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)&&ꢆꢐ7;B(1
)&&ꢆꢐ7;B(5
)&&ꢆꢐ5;B(5
)&&ꢆꢐ5;B'9
2XWSXW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHW
8QXVHG
,
2
,
7'0Gꢂꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
2XWSXW
7'0Gꢂ
2
,
8QXVHG
7'0Gꢂꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Gꢂꢐ/ꢄ7;'
7'0Fꢂꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
2XWSXW
7'0Gꢂ
2
,
7'0Gꢂ
7'0Fꢂ
2
,
8QXVHG
7'0Fꢂꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Fꢂꢐ/ꢄ7;'
2XWSXW
7'0Fꢂ
2
2
,
7'0Fꢂ
8QXVHG
7'0Eꢂꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
7'0Eꢂꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Eꢂꢐ/ꢄ7;'
7'0Eꢂ
,
7'0Eꢂ
2
7'0Eꢂ
8
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Uhiyrꢀ ꢁ%ꢂꢀꢀCPM Port C Usage
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡ Qvꢀ8‚svtˆꢄh‡v‚
9vꢄ
V†htr
3&ꢍꢃꢐꢄꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢎ
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
&/8ꢄꢋ
&/8ꢄꢊ
&/8ꢄꢇ
&/8ꢄꢆ
2XWSXW
%5*ꢋ
2
2
2
,
8QXVHG
4XDG)$/&ꢁUHVHWꢁꢍꢃ DFWLYHꢎ
8QXVHG
3&ꢍꢆꢐꢄꢊꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢉꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3&ꢍꢆꢃꢎ
3&ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ7[ꢁ&ORFN
7'0Gꢄꢑ7'0Eꢂꢁ&ORFN
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ5[ꢁ&ORFN
7'0Fꢄꢑ7'0Dꢂꢁ&ORFN
8QXVHG
,
,
,
2
2
2
2
2
2
,ꢏ2
,
ꢄꢂꢅꢊꢃꢃꢁ0+]ꢁWRꢁ4XDG)$/&
8QXVHG
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
,QSXWꢏ2XWSXW
&/8ꢊ
8QXVHG
/;7ꢌꢈꢄꢁUHVHWꢁꢍꢃ DFWLYHꢎ
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ0'&
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ0',2
ꢂꢊꢅꢃꢃꢃꢁ0+]ꢁ&ORFNꢁ,QSXW
8QXVHG
2XWSXW
&/8ꢆ
2
,
7'0Eꢄꢑ7'0Fꢂꢁ&ORFN
8QXVHG
2XWSXW
&/8ꢄ
2
,
7'0Dꢄꢑ7'0Gꢂꢁ&ORFN
Table 1-7. CPM Port D Usage
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡ Qvꢀ8‚svtˆꢄh‡v‚
9vꢄ
V†htr
3'ꢍꢇꢐꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢉꢎ
2XWSXW
60&ꢄꢐ605['
60&ꢄꢐ607['
7'0Eꢄꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
2XWSXW
2
,
8QXVHG
60&ꢁ8$57
60&ꢁ8$57
7'0Eꢄ
3'ꢍꢌꢎ
2
,
3'ꢍꢄꢃꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢄꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢂꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢆꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢇꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢊꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
2
,
8QXVHG
7'0Eꢄꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Eꢄꢐ/ꢄ7;'
2XWSXW
7'0Eꢄ
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
,
7'0Eꢄ
&38B/('ꢂꢁꢍ8VHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢎ
&38B/('ꢄꢁꢍ8VHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢎ
&38B/('ꢋꢁꢍ8VHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢎ
&38B/('ꢇꢁꢍ8VHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢎ
&38B/('ꢆꢁꢍ8VHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢎ
8QXVHG
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
7'0Dꢂꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
7'0Dꢂ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
Table 1-7. CPM Port D Usage (cont)
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡ Qvꢀ8‚svtˆꢄh‡v‚
9vꢄ
V†htr
3'ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢉꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢌꢐꢆꢄꢎ
7'0Dꢂꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Dꢂꢐ/ꢄ7;'
7'0Gꢄꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
7'0Gꢄꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Gꢄꢐ/ꢄ7;'
7'0Fꢄꢐ/ꢄ56<1&
7'0Fꢄꢐ/ꢄ5;'
7'0Fꢄꢐ/ꢄ7;'
2XWSXW
,
2
,
7'0Dꢂ
7'0Dꢂ
7'0Gꢄ
7'0Gꢄ
7'0Gꢄ
7'0Fꢄ
7'0Fꢄ
7'0Fꢄ
8QXVHG
,
2
,
,
2
2
CAUTION
The I/O ports described as “Unused” in the tables above must be configured as
general purpose outputs (the logical level does not matter) in order to avoid their
electrical level to float.
CPM TDM Busses
The CPM in the MPC8260 features two Serial Interfaces, each one featuring four TDM
busses, for a total of eight TDM busses (TDMa1 ... TDMd1, and TDMa2 ... TDMd2). For
all the TDM busses used, clock and frame are common for receive and transmit directions
(configured in the SIxxMR registers).
Table 1-8. CPM SI1 TDM Busses Wiring
UT6ꢀTvthy U9Hh
U9Hi
U9Hp
U9Hq
9vꢄ
/ꢄ57&/8
/ꢄ576<1&
/ꢄ5;'
3&ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
3$ꢍꢋꢎ
3$ꢍꢉꢎ
3$ꢍꢌꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢃꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢂꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢆꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢉꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
,
,
,
/ꢄ7;'
2
Table 1-9. CPM SI2 TDM Busses Wiring
UT6ꢀTvthy U9Hh!
U9Hi!
U9Hp!
U9Hq!
9vꢄ
/ꢄ57&/8
/ꢄ576<1&
/ꢄ5;'
3&ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
3'ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3%ꢍꢆꢃꢎ
3%ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
3%ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
,
,
,
/ꢄ7;'
2
10
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
The two first TDM busses of each serial interface are connected to the four TDM busses of
the QuadFALC. The two others TDM busses of each serial interface are used in “pass
through mode”. The TDM busses are at a bit rate of 2.048 Mb/s or 8.192 Mb/s.
Bank of Clocks
The PowerQUICC II CPM features a bank of clocks that can be selected independently for
each device used. However, the choice for each device is limited. In addition to the ports
configuration as clock inputs, it is necessary to configure the clock source of each TDM
bus. For all the TDM busses used, the clock is common for receive and transmit directions
(configured in the SIxxMR registers).
Table 1-10. CPM Bank of Clocks Usage
8y‚px
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡
V†htr
&/8ꢄ
&/8ꢆ
3&ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
7'0Dꢄꢑꢁ7'0Gꢂꢁ
7'0Eꢄꢑꢁ7'0Fꢂ
&/8ꢊ
ꢂꢊꢅꢃꢃꢃꢁ0+]ꢁIRUꢁ%5*ꢋ
7'0Fꢄꢑꢁ7'0Dꢂꢁ
&/8ꢄꢆ
&/8ꢄꢇ
&/8ꢄꢊ
&/8ꢄꢋ
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ5[ꢁ&ORFN
7'0Gꢄꢑꢁ7'0Eꢂꢁ
)DVWꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁ7[ꢁ&ORFN
Baud Rate Generator
The Baud Rate Generator receives CLK5 = 25.000 MHz ±20 ppm and provides BRG6 =
12.500 MHz ±20 ppm for the QuadFALC clock input.
Table 1-11. CPM Baud Rate Usage
8y‚px
8QHꢀDꢃPꢀQ‚ꢄ‡
V†htr
%5*ꢋ
3&ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
ꢄꢂꢅꢊꢁ0+]ꢁꢒꢏꢀꢂꢃSSPꢁWRꢁ4XDG)$/&
Ethernet 10/100BaseT
The FCC3 part of the CPM is used to control an Ethernet 10/100baseT port. An on-board
LXT971A line interface unit controls the Ethernet interface to a RJ45 connector J3. The
CPM interface to the line interface unit is a MII (Media-Independent Interface) bus.
Table 1-12. Ethernet Signals on the CPM
Ethernet Signal CPM I/O Port
Dir
Description
)(B7;'>ꢆꢐꢃ@
)(B5;'>ꢃꢐꢆ@
)(B&563%ꢍꢄꢂꢎ
3%ꢍꢇꢐꢈꢎ
3%ꢍꢉꢐꢄꢄꢎ
,
2
,
7UDQVPLWꢁ1LEEOHꢁ'DWD
5HFHLYHꢁ1LEEOHꢁ'DWD
HQ&VHDUULHUꢁ6
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PowerQUICC II
Table 1-12. Ethernet Signals on the CPM (cont)
Ethernet Signal CPM I/O Port
Dir
Description
)(B&2/
)(B7;B(1
)(B7;B(5
)(B5;B(5
)(B5;B'9
)(B0'&
3%ꢍꢄꢆꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢇꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢊꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3%ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3&ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
3&ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
,54ꢆ
,
2
2
,
&ROOLVLRQꢁ'HWHFW
7UDQVPLWꢁ(QDEOH
7UDQVPLWꢁ(UURU
5HFHLYHꢁ(UURU
,
5HFHLYHꢁ'DWDꢁ9DOLG
0DQDJHPHQWꢁ'DWDꢁ&ORFN
0DQDJHPHQWꢁ'DWDꢁ,ꢏ2
7UDQVPLWꢁFORFN
2
,ꢏ2
,
)(B0',2
)(B7;B&/8
)(B5;B&/8
ꢀ)(B5(6(7
ꢀ)(B,17
,
5HFHLYHꢁ&ORFN
2
,
/;7ꢌꢈꢄꢁUHVHWꢁFRQWURO
/;7ꢌꢈꢄꢁLQWHUUXSW
Three Ethernet LEDs, LED3, LED4, and LED5, driven respectively by the LXT971A
LED/CFG(1:3) outputs, are provided on the front panel.
TTY Console Serial Port
The SMC1 part of the CPM is used as a simple asynchronous serial port for connection to
a TTY console. An on-board RS232 transceiver translates the signals to RS232 electrical
levels which are routed to the 2.5mm stereo jack connector J4.
Table 1-13. Asynchronous Console Serial Port Wiring
SMC1 Signal CPM I/O Port
Dir
J4 Connector
*1'
7;'
5;'
±
±
2
,
5LQJ
7LS
3'ꢍꢌꢎ
3'ꢍꢉꢎ
6OHHYH
User-Programmable LEDs
Five user-programmable LEDs (CPU_LEDs) are provided: four on the board, and one on
the front panel. They are controlled through CPM I/O ports used as simple outputs.
12
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
*
*
5
5
Figure 1-3. Board CPU_LEDs
Table 1-14. User-Programmable LED Control Ports
8QHꢀDꢃP
TvthyꢀIh€r
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
3'ꢍꢄꢇꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢊꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
3'ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
&38B/('ꢂ
&38B/('ꢄ
&38B/('ꢋ
&38B/('ꢇ
&38B/('ꢆ
%RDUGꢁXVHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢁJUHHQꢁ/('ꢁꢍ&38ꢁ/('ꢂꢎꢁFRQWUROꢅꢁꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢅ
%RDUGꢁXVHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢁJUHHQꢁ/('ꢁꢍ&38ꢁ/('ꢄꢎFRQWUROꢅꢁꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢅ
)URQWꢁSDQHOꢁXVHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢁJUHHQꢁ/('ꢁꢍ/('ꢋꢎꢁFRQWUROꢅꢁꢄ 2Qꢑꢁꢃ 2IIꢅ
%RDUGꢁXVHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢁUHGꢁ/('ꢁꢍ&38ꢁ/('ꢇꢎꢁFRQWUROꢅꢁꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢅ
%RDUGꢁXVHUꢀSURJUDPPDEOHꢁUHGꢁ/('ꢁꢍ&38ꢁ/('ꢆꢎꢁFRQWUROꢅꢁꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢅ
The PCI Bridge
A dedicated PCI bridge, the Tundra PowerSpan, controls the interface between the card and
the host 32-bit PCI bus.
The PowerSpan implements all the registers needed by the PCI 2.2 standard, providing the
Plug-and-Play capability, as well as the Hot-Swap Friendly capabilities. It supports Target
and Master accesses between the PCI bus and the local 60x bus.
It also implements windows and different mechanisms to interface between the PCI host
and the card. Exchanges can use the following elements from the PowerSpan:
• Runtime registers (mailboxes, doorbells, semaphores)
• Four memory windows from the PCI memory space to the Local memory space
• Eight memory windows from the Local space to the PCI memory or I/O space
• Four independent bidirectional DMA engines
• An I²O messaging unit
This chip implements FIFO buffers for all the exchanges through the different windows
between the two buses, so that the local bus clock is independent from the PCI bus clock.
All the PowerSpan internal registers are grouped in a 4 KB memory space that can be
accessed by the PCI host and the local processor. On the PCI side, the PCI base address of
this register space is defined by PCI configuration register PCIBAR1 (offset 0x14). On the
local side, the local base address has been conventionally fixed to 0xF0020000.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
The PowerSpan internal register set can be split into six different functional groups:
• PCI configuration registers (these registers, defined by the PCI specification, can
be accessed in the standard PCI configuration space or in the local PowerSpan
internal registers space)
• PCI registers
• Processor bus registers
• DMA registers
• Miscellaneous registers (Mailboxes, Doorbells, Interrupts, Semaphores)
• I²O messaging registers
The details of the PowerSpan registers can be found by consulting the PowerSpan data
sheet available in the Tundra Web site.
PowerSpan PCI Configuration Registers
As defined by the PCI specification, the communications controller has a unique 256-byte
memory space, called configuration space, that maps all the PCI configuration registers.
Access to this area is done through CompactPCI Configuration Read and PCI
Configuration Write cycles.
Table 1-15. PCI Configuration Registers
PCI cfg
Local
Register
Size Address Offset Description
3&,,'5
ꢆꢂ
ꢄꢋ
ꢄꢋ
ꢉ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢃꢋ
ꢃ[ꢃꢉ
ꢃ[ꢃꢌ
ꢃ[ꢃ&
ꢃ[ꢃ'
ꢃ[ꢃ(
ꢃ[ꢃ)
ꢃ[ꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢉ
ꢃ[ꢄ&
ꢃ[ꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂ&
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢋ
ꢃ[ꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢃ%
ꢃ[ꢃꢉ
ꢃ[ꢃ)
ꢃ[ꢃ(
ꢃ[ꢃ'
ꢃ[ꢃ&
ꢃ[ꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢉ
ꢃ[ꢄ&
ꢃ[ꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂ(
9HQGRUꢁDQGꢁ'HYLFHꢁ,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
3&,ꢁ&RPPDQG
3&,&5
3&,65
3&,ꢁ6WDWXV
3&,5(9
3&,&&5
3&,&/65
3&,/75
5HYLVLRQꢁ,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
ꢂꢇ
ꢉ
&ODVVꢁ&RGH
&DFKHꢁ/LQHꢁ6L]H
ꢉ
0DVWHUꢁ/DWHQF\ꢁ7LPHU
3&,+75
3&,%,675
3&,%$5ꢃ
3&,%$5ꢄ
3&,%$5ꢂ
3&,%$5ꢆ
3&,%$5ꢇ
3&,%$5ꢊ
3&,69,'
ꢉ
+HDGHUꢁ7\SH
ꢉ
%XLOWꢀLQꢁ6HOIꢁ7HVW
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢄꢋ
,ð2ꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
3RZHU6SDQꢁLQWHUQDOꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
3&,ꢀWRꢀ/RFDOꢁ:LQGRZꢁꢃꢁ3&,ꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
3&,ꢀWRꢀ/RFDOꢁ:LQGRZꢁꢄꢁ3&,ꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
3&,ꢀWRꢀ/RFDOꢁ:LQGRZꢁꢂꢁ3&,ꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
3&,ꢀWRꢀ/RFDOꢁ:LQGRZꢁꢆꢁ3&,ꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVV
6XEV\VWHPꢁ9HQGRUꢁ,'
14
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Table 1-15. PCI Configuration Registers (cont)
PCI cfg
Local
Register
Size Address Offset Description
3&,6,'
ꢄꢋ
ꢉ
ꢃ[ꢂ(
ꢃ[ꢆꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆ&
ꢃ[ꢆ'
ꢃ[ꢆ(
ꢃ[ꢆ)
ꢃ[(ꢇ
ꢃ[(ꢉ
ꢃ[(&
ꢃ[ꢂ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢈ
ꢃ[ꢆ)
ꢃ[ꢆ(
ꢃ[ꢆ'
ꢃ[ꢆ&
ꢃ[(ꢇ
ꢃ[(ꢉ
ꢃ[(&
6XEV\VWHPꢁ'HYLFHꢁ,'
&DSDELOLWLHVꢁSRLQWHU
,QWHUUXSWꢁ/LQH
3&,&$3
3&,,/5
ꢉ
3&,,35
ꢉ
,QWHUUXSWꢁ3LQ
3&,0*5
3&,0/5
+6B&65
93'B&65
93'B'
ꢉ
0LQLPXPꢁ*UDQW
0D[LPXPꢁ/DWHQF\
ꢉ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢂ
+RWꢁ6ZDSꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3&,ꢁ9LWDOꢁ3URGXFWꢁ&RQWUROꢏ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3&,ꢁ9LWDOꢁ3URGXFWꢁ'DWDꢀ'DWDꢁ5HJLVWHU
These registers are initialized with fixed reset values or with values stored in the I²C serial
EEPROM and then used by the PCI HOST, mainly during the Power-On Self Test (POST)
for plug and play functionality or later by the operating system for enumeration.
The PCI Vendor ID equals 0x107E, and the PCI Device ID equals 0x9070.
PowerSpan PCI Registers
These registers are used to define the parameters of the PCI-to-Local windows. They are
mapped in the PCI memory space (base address defined in PCI configuration register 0x14
PCIBAR1) and in the local space for the local processor (base address 0xF0020000).
Table 1-16. PowerSpan PCI Registers
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢆꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢆꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢊꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢊꢇ
ꢃ[ꢄꢋꢃ
3ꢄB7,ꢃB&7/
3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢃB7$''5 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢄB&7/ 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢄꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢄB7$''5 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢄꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢂB&7/ 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢂꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢂB7$''5 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢂꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢆB&7/ 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢆꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB7,ꢆB7$''5 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢆꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3ꢄB(55&63&,ꢁ%XVꢁHUURUꢁFRQWUROꢁDQGꢁVWDWXVꢁUHJLVWHU
3ꢄB$(55
3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢁHUURUꢁORJꢁUHJLVWHU
3ꢄB0,6&B&65
3&,ꢁ0LVFHOODQHRXVꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
Table 1-16. PowerSpan PCI Registers (cont)
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢄꢋꢇ
3ꢄB$5%B&75/ 3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ$UELWHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
PowerSpan Processor Bus Registers
These registers are used to define the parameters of the local to PCI windows. They are
mapped in the PCI memory space (base address defined in PCI configuration register 0x14
PCIBAR1) and in the local space for the local processor (base address 0xF0020000).
Table 1-17. PowerSpan Processor Bus Registers
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢂꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂꢃꢉ
ꢃ[ꢂꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂꢄꢉ
ꢃ[ꢂꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂꢂꢉ
ꢃ[ꢂꢆꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢆꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂꢆꢉ
ꢅꢅꢅ
3%B6,ꢃB&7/
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢄꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢄꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢄꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢂꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢂꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢂꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢆꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢆꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢆꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
ꢅꢅꢅ
3%B6,ꢃB7$''5
3%B6,ꢃB%$''5
3%B6,ꢄB&7/
3%B6,ꢄB7$''5
3%B6,ꢄB%$''5
3%B6,ꢂB&7/
3%B6,ꢂB7$''5
3%B6,ꢂB%$''5
3%B6,ꢆB&7/
3%B6,ꢆB7$''5
3%B6,ꢆB%$''5
ꢅꢅꢅ
ꢃ[ꢂꢈꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢈꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂꢈꢉ
ꢃ[ꢂꢉꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢌꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢌꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂ$ꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂ%ꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂ%ꢇ
ꢃ[ꢂ&ꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂ'ꢃ
3%B6,ꢈB&7/
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢈꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢈꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ6ODYHꢁ,PDJHꢁꢈꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B6,ꢈB7$''5
3%B6,ꢈB%$''5
3%B5(*B%$''5 3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁ,PDJHꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B&21)B,1)2 3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ3&,ꢁ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢁ&\FOHꢁ,QIRUPDWLRQꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B&21)B'$7$ 3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ3&,ꢁ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢁ&\FOHꢁ'DWDꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B3ꢄB,$&8 3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁWRꢁ3&,ꢁ,QWHUUXSWꢁ$FNQRZOHGJHꢁ&\FOHꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B(55&63URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ(UURUꢁ&RQWWDUWRXOVꢁDꢁ5QGHJꢁ6LVWHU
3%B$(55
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ(UURUꢁ/RJꢁ5HJLVWHU
3%B0,6&B&65
3%B$5%B&75/
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ0LVFHOODQHRXVꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
3URFHVVRUꢁ%XVꢁ$UELWHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
16
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
PowerSpan DMA Registers
These registers are used to control the four bidirectional DMA engines provided in the
PowerSpan. They are mapped in the PCI memory space (base address defined in PCI
configuration register 0x14 PCIBAR1) and in the local space for the local processor (base
address 0xF0020000).
Table 1-18. PowerSpan DMA Registers
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢆꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢃ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢄ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢆꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢆ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢇꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢇ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢊꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢊꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢋꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢋ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢈꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢈ&
ꢃ[ꢆꢉꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢉꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢌꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆꢌ&
ꢃ[ꢆ$ꢇ
ꢃ[ꢆ$&
ꢃ[ꢆ%ꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆ%ꢇ
'0$ꢃB65&B$''5 '0$ꢃꢁ6RXUFHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢃB'67B$''5 '0$ꢃꢁ'HVWLQDWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢃB7&5
'0$ꢃB&33
'0$ꢃBꢁ*&65
'0$ꢃB$775
'0$ꢃꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢃꢁ&RPPDQGꢁ3DFNHWꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢃꢁ*HQHUDOꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢃꢁ$WWULEXWHVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄB65&B$''5 '0$ꢄꢁ6RXUFHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄB'67B$''5 '0$ꢄꢁ'HVWLQDWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄB7&5
'0$ꢄB&33
'0$ꢄBꢁ*&65
'0$ꢄB$775
'0$ꢄꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄꢁ&RPPDQGꢁ3DFNHWꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄꢁ*HQHUDOꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢄꢁ$WWULEXWHVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂB65&B$''5 '0$ꢂꢁ6RXUFHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂB'67B$''5 '0$ꢂꢁ'HVWLQDWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂB7&5
'0$ꢂB&33
'0$ꢂBꢁ*&65
'0$ꢂB$775
'0$ꢂꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂꢁ&RPPDQGꢁ3DFNHWꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂꢁ*HQHUDOꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢂꢁ$WWULEXWHVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆB65&B$''5 '0$ꢆꢁ6RXUFHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆB'67B$''5 '0$ꢆꢁ'HVWLQDWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆB7&5
'0$ꢆB&33
'0$ꢆBꢁ*&65
'0$ꢆB$775
'0$ꢆꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆꢁ&RPPDQGꢁ3DFNHWꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆꢁ*HQHUDOꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
'0$ꢆꢁ$WWULEXWHVꢁ5HJLVWHU
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
PowerSpan Miscellaneous Registers
This group of registers includes several configuration registers for the interrupt functions,
as well as various runtime registers: mailboxes, doorbells, interrupt control/status, and
semaphores. They are mapped in the PCI memory space (base address defined in PCI
configuration register 0x14 PCIBAR1) and in the local space for the local processor (base
address 0xF0020000).
Table 1-19. PowerSpan Miscellaneous Registers
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢇꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢇꢃꢉ
ꢃ[ꢇꢃ&
ꢃ[ꢇꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢇꢄꢉ
ꢃ[ꢇꢄ&
ꢃ[ꢇꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢇꢂꢉ
ꢃ[ꢇꢂ&
ꢃ[ꢇꢆꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢆꢉ
ꢃ[ꢇꢆ&
ꢃ[ꢇꢇꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢇꢇ
0,6&B&65
&/2&8B&7/
,ð&B&65
567B&65
,65ꢃ
0LVFHOODQHRXVꢁ&RQWUROꢏ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
&ORFNꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð&ꢁ,QWHUIDFHꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
5HVHWꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
,QWHUUXSWꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁꢃ
,65ꢄ
,QWHUUXSWꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁꢄ
,(5ꢃ
,QWHUUXSWꢁ(QDEOHꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁꢃ
,(5ꢄ
,QWHUUXSWꢁ(QDEOHꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁꢄ
,05B0%2;
,05B'E
,05B'0$
,05B+:
,05B3ꢄ
,05B3%
,05B3%ꢂ
,05B0,6&
,'5
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ0DLOER[
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ'RRUEHOO
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ'0$
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ+DUGZDUH
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ3&,
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ3URFHVVRUꢁ%XV
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢁꢂꢐꢁ3URFHVVRUꢁ%XV
,QWHUUXSWꢁ0DSꢁ5HJLVWHUꢐꢁ0LVFHOODQHRXV
,QWHUUXSWꢁ'LUHFWLRQꢁ5HJLVWHU
ꢃ[ꢇꢊꢃ±ꢃ[ꢇꢋ& 0%2;ꢃꢁ±ꢁ0%2;ꢈ 0DLOER[ꢁꢃꢁWRꢁꢈꢁ5HJLVWHUV
ꢃ[ꢇꢈꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢈꢇ
6(0$ꢃ
6(0$ꢄ
6HPDSKRUHꢁꢃꢁ5HJLVWHU
6HPDSKRUHꢁꢄꢁ5HJLVWHU
18
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
PowerSpan I²O Registers
The PowerSpan includes I²O messaging queues controlled by several registers. These
registers are mapped in two places in the PCI memory space: at the base address defined in
the PCI configuration register 0x10 PCIBAR0 and in the PowerSpan internal register space
(base address defined in PCI configuration register 0x14 PCIBAR1). They are also mapped
in the local space for the local processor (base address 0xF0020000).
Table 1-20. PowerSpan I²O Registers
Offset
Register
Description
ꢃ[ꢊꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢊꢃꢇ
ꢃ[ꢊꢃꢉ
ꢃ[ꢊꢃ&
ꢃ[ꢊꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢊꢄꢇ
ꢃ[ꢊꢄꢉ
ꢃ[ꢊꢄ&
ꢃ[ꢊꢂꢃ
ꢃ[ꢊꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢊꢂꢉ
ꢃ[ꢊꢂ&
ꢃ[ꢊꢆꢃ
ꢃ[ꢊꢆꢇ
ꢃ[ꢊꢆꢉ
ꢃ[ꢊꢆ&
ꢃ[ꢊꢇꢃ
ꢃ[ꢊꢇꢇ
ꢃ[ꢊꢇꢉ
ꢃ[ꢊꢇ&
3&,B7,ꢂ2B&7/
3&,ꢁ,ð2ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁ&RQWUROꢁ5HJLVWHU
3&,B7,ꢂ2B7$''5 3&,ꢁ,ð2ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁ7UDQVODWLRQꢁ$GGUHVVꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ꢂ2B&65 ,ꢂ2ꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ6WDWXVꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ꢂ2B48(8(B%6,ð2ꢁ4XHXHꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVV
,)/B%27
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,)/B723
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ,QFUHPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ,QFUHPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,QERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ,QFUHPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ)UHHꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ%RWWRPꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ3RVWꢁ/LVWꢁ7RSꢁ3RLQWHUꢁ,QFUHPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ+RVWꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ,QGH[ꢁ2IIVHWꢁ5HJLVWHU
,)/B723B,1&
,3/B%27
,3/B%27B,1&
,3/B723
2)/B%27
2)/B%27B,1&
2)/B723
23/B%27
23/B723
23/B723B,1&
+267B2,2
+267B2,$
,23B2,
,ð2ꢁ+RVWꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ,QGH[ꢁ$OLDVꢁ5HJLVWHU
,ð2ꢁ,23ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ,QGH[ꢁ5HJLVWHU
,23B2,B,1&
,ð2ꢁ,23ꢁ2XWERXQGꢁ,QGH[ꢁ,QFUHPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
Interrupt Pins and Doorbell Usage
The PowerSpan provides one interrupt pin on the PCI side (–INTA) and six other interrupt
pins (–INT0 to –INT5) on the local side. On the 4538, only –INTA and –INT0 are used for
true interrupt functions. The five other pins are used as I/O pins to control several signals.
The PowerSpan offers the ability to map any interrupt source to any interrupt pin. This
capability is used to divert interrupts –INT1 to –INT5 from a pure interrupt function usage.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
Interrupt pins –INT1 to –INT4 are configured as output ports and conventionally associated
with doorbell bits DB3 to DB6 in the PowerSpan. Each doorbell bit, when set, will activate
its corresponding interrupt pin (level = 0), and when reset will deactivate it (level =1).
Interrupt pin –INT5 is used as an input. Its state can be read in the PowerSpan Interrupt
status register. As an interrupt source, it was decided not to map it to any interrupt output,
so it will not generate interrupts. As an interrupt output pin, it was decided not to associate
it to any interrupt source.
Interrupt pins –INTA and –INT0, used for true interrupt functions, have several other
interrupt sources, such as Mailboxes interrupts, DMA interrupts, I²O interrupts, PCI bus or
local bus error interrupts, etc. They are conventionally associated with a doorbell bit for
software activation capability.
Table 1-21. PowerSpan Interrupt Pin Usage
PowerSpan Pin Doorbell Dir
Signal Name
Usage
±,17$
±,17ꢃ
±,17ꢄ
'%ꢃ
'%ꢂ
'%ꢆ
2
2
2
±,17$
,QWHUUXSWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢇꢊꢆꢉꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁ+RVWꢁFRQWUROOHGꢁE\ꢁ
VRIWZDUHꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢅ
±,17363
±,17567
,QWHUUXSWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁSRZHU6SDQꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢁ
LQWHUUXSWꢁLQSXWꢁ±,54ꢄ
)ODVKꢁPRGHꢐꢁ:KHQꢁWKLVꢁRXWSXWꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁꢃꢑꢁWKHꢁ
3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢁLVꢁSXWꢁLQꢁUHVHWꢑꢁLWVꢁEXVVHVꢁDUHꢁWULꢀ
VWDWHGꢑꢁWKHꢁꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁLVꢁSDUNHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU6SDQꢁDQGꢁ
WKHꢁVSHFLDOꢁDGGUHVVꢁWUDQVODWLRQꢁPRGHꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ)/$6+ꢁ
PHPRU\ꢁLVꢁHQDEOHGꢅ
±,17ꢂ
±,17ꢆ
'%ꢇ
'%ꢊ
2
2
±363B,17ꢂꢏ
±+5(6(7ꢏ
,63',
:KHQꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁꢃꢑꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢁ
KDUGZDUHꢁUHVHWꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁDFWLYDWHGꢅꢁ)RUꢁ,63ꢁ(3/'ꢁ
SURJUDPPLQJꢑꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁVHUYHVꢁDOVRꢁDVꢁJ6HULDOꢁ'DWDꢁ,QJꢁ
VLJQDOꢅ
±363B,17ꢆꢏ
±65(6(7ꢏ
,6302'(
:KHQꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁꢃꢑꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢁ
VRIWZDUHꢁUHVHWꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁDFWLYDWHGꢅꢁ)RUꢁ,63ꢁ(3/'ꢁ
SURJUDPPLQJꢑꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁVHUYHVꢁDOVRꢁDVꢁJ0RGHJꢁVLJQDOꢅ
±,17ꢇ
±,17ꢊ
'%ꢋ
2
,
±363B,17ꢇꢏ
ꢁ)RUꢁ,63ꢁ(3/'ꢁSURJUDPPLQJꢑꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁVHUYHVꢁDVꢁ
J6HULDOꢁ&ORFNJꢁVLJQDOꢅ
,63&8
±
±363B,17ꢊꢏ
)RUꢁ,63ꢁ(3/'ꢁSURJUDPPLQJꢑꢁWKLVꢁSLQꢁVHUYHVꢁDVꢁ
,63'2
J6HULDOꢁ'DWDꢁ2XWJꢁVLJQDOꢅ
PCI to Local Interrupt (ATN)
The PowerSpan Interrupt pin –INT0 is used to control the PCI-to-Local Interrupt (renamed
ATN (Attention) in the software examples).
20
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Local to PCI Interrupt (–INTA)
The PowerQUICC II can generate an interrupt toward the PCI Host by setting a doorbell
bit. Conventionally, doorbell bit 0 has been dedicated to this task, and has been associated
with the PCI interrupt pin –INTA in the PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers.
Hardware and Software Resets Through the PowerSpan
PowerSpan interrupt pins –INT2 and –INT3 are used as output ports to control the
MPC8260 hardware reset signal –HRESET and software reset signal –SRESET
respectively. The PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers must have previously been correctly
initialized.
During a power-up sequence, –HRESET and –SRESET are first activated and then
deactivated once the PCI bus reset signal is deactivated. This allows the PowerQUICC II
to boot without any host intervention, just after the end of the PCI reset.
For a normal utilization, the card should be reset by the PCI host (if needed) using only the
–SRESET signal. The –HRESET signal is used for special cases, such as FLASH memory
reprogramming through PCI.
Local Space Access From PCI Memory Space
The PowerSpan provides four memory windows from the PCI memory space to the Local
memory space. Each window can map a programmable size of the local memory space into
the PCI memory space. The size of the windows and their enabling is set in the PowerSpan
registers P1_TIx_CTL, and preset at power-up by the serial EEPROM.
In the 4538 communications controller, only two windows are enabled. They have been set
to a relatively small size (2 MB and 512 KB), in order to comply with high availability
operating system requirements. These operating systems are able to do dynamic PCI re-
configuration during hot swap, only if the total memory size requested by the board is not
too big.
The PCI base address of each window is defined in a PCI configuration register. Window
0 base address is set in P1_BAR2, Window 1 base address is set in P1_BAR3, etc. Each
window can be moved on the local memory space, using a PowerSpan translation register
(P1_TIx_TADDR), so that even a small window can allow access to any part of the 4 GB
of local memory space.
During a PCI host access to the local space, the high-order address bits of the local bus must
be generated by the PowerSpan (as defined in the PowerSpan P1_TI0_TADDR register)
and the low-order address bits of the local bus come from the PCI address. This mode is
called “Address Translation” in the PowerSpan Manual.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
NOTE
A PowerSpan PCI-to-Local window must have been enabled in the I²C serial
EEPROM, in order to allow the CompactPCI host to detect it at system power-on or
after the “Hot Swap insertion” of the board and to map it in the PCI space. The
corresponding PowerSpan register “PCI Target Image Control Register” must also
have been initialized with the “Image Enable” bit set (IMG_EN=1) and the address
translation mechanism enabled (TA_EN=1).
Figure 1-4 on page 23 illustrates the PCI-to-Local window mechanism.
22
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
/RFDOꢁ0HPRU\ꢁ6SDFH
3&,ꢁ0HPRU\ꢁ6SDFH
Figure 1-4. Local Space Access From PCI Memory Space
When the processor is running, the PCI bus can access all the elements connected to the
local bus, except the FLASH boot memory. The accessible elements are the main SDRAM
memory (the processor’s SDRAM memory controller must be initialized), the processor
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
dual port RAM, the QuadFALC framers, and the IMA device. (the processor must have its
chip selects programmed). The local space mapping is the same as when accessed by the
It is not possible to have access to the entire FLASH device when the processor is running,
because the FLASH device is an 8-bit data bus device connected to the 64-bit-only local
bus of the PowerSpan. Only bytes modulo 8 are reachable.
This problem has been neutralized for the other non-64-bit peripherals, by tying their
peripheral address bits 0 to N to local address bits 3 to N+3 respectively, so that all their
registers can be accessed on byte lane 0, at consecutive modulo 8 addresses.
When the processor is in the reset state, its memory controllers and chip-select signals are
reset, so nothing can be accessed, except the FLASH memory, for which a special
mechanism has been implemented.
NOTE
It is possible to write from the PCI bus through a PowerSpan memory window to the
MPC8260 internal registers but it is not possible to read them. When the PowerSpan
performs a read on the 60x processor bus, it always generates a full 64-bit read.
Because most of the MPC8260 internal registers only respond to byte or word read
cycles, the returned value is 0xFFFFFFFF.
Access to the FLASH EEPROM Through CompactPCI
For FLASH in-situ re-programming through CompactPCI, there is a special FLASH mode.
In this mode, the PowerQUICC II is reset and logic generates a FLASH chip-select and
works around the problem of an 8-bit device connected to a 64-bit-only PowerSpan.
The specific FLASH mode is enabled by one of the PowerSpan interrupt pins (–INT1) used
as an output port. When –INT1 is set to 0, the PowerQUICC II is maintained in Hard Reset
state (–HRESET=0), its pins are tri-stated, the 60x bus is parked on the PowerSpan, and the
following address bus remap is implemented: the FLASH device’s low order address bits
A(2:0) are driven by the PowerSpan address bits A(24:22). This remap allows full access
to the FLASH content through byte lane 0 of the 64-bit 60x bus, provided that some address
translation is done by the software.
For more information on FLASH EEPROM device, see The FLASH EEPROM Boot
PCI Memory Space and I/O Space Access From the PowerQUICC II
The PowerSpan provides eight memory windows from the Local Memory space to the PCI
memory space or PCI I/O space. Each window can map a programmable size of the PCI
memory or I/O space into the PCI memory space. The size of the windows and their
enabling is set in PowerSpan registers PB_SIx_CTL, and preset at power-up: the first
window is preset by the serial EEPROM and the seven others are preset as disabled.
24
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
On the 4538 board, the serial EEPROM content disables the windows. By default, no Local
to PCI window is enabled. It is not recommended using these windows for transfers from
or to the PCI local space, because this mechanism can result in bad performance, depending
on the other PCI devices tied to the PCI bus.
The local base address of each window is defined in PowerSpan internal register
PB_SIx_BADDR. Note that the window must be mapped in the local space between
0xC0000 0000 and 0xCFFF FFFF, in order to comply with the card local space usage. Each
window can be moved on the PCI memory or I/O space, using a PowerSpan translation
register (PB_SIx_TADDR), so that even a small window can allow access to any part of
the PCI space.
During a PowerQUICC II access to the PCI space, the high-order address bits on the PCI
bus are generated by the PowerSpan (as defined in the PowerSpan PB_SIx_BADDR
register) and the low-order address bits on the PCI bus come from the local address. This
mode is called “Address Translation” in the PowerSpan Manual.
NOTE
A PowerSpan Local-to-PCI window must be enabled in the PB_SIx_CTL register. Bits
IMG_EN (“Image Enable”) and TA_EN (“address translation enable”) must be set.
Figure 1-5 on page 26 illustrates the Local-to-PCI window mechanism:
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
3&,ꢁ,ꢏ2ꢁ6SDFH
RU
3&,ꢁ0HPRU\ꢁ6SDFH
/RFDOꢁ0HPRU\ꢁ6SDFH
Figure 1-5. PCI I/O or Memory Space Access from Local Space
In-situ EPLDs Programming
Some glue logic is implemented in some EPLDs that can be programmed in-situ through
the PCI interface.
26
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
These devices keep their programming during power off. So the EPLD should normally be
already programmed and the normal user should not be aware of its programming.
The EPLDs are in a daisy-chain configuration, which enables all of them to be programmed
at once. They can be programmed in-situ by the PCI host, using some PowerSpan interrupts
as I/O pins. A jumper must be placed on board location JP1 to enable the programming
(when present, this jumper sets the ISP signal –ISPEN to its active state 0).
Serial EEPROM Connected to the PowerSpan
An I²C serial EEPROM is connected to the PowerSpan. It is used to store some PowerSpan
register initialization values and the PCI Vital Product Data (VPD). Other Interphase-
specific data is stored there, and there is still some room for other custom data. Table 1-22
shows the memory mapping for the EEPROM.
Table 1-22. Serial EEPROM Mapping
Address
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[ꢆ) ꢋꢇꢁE\WHV 3RZHU6SDQꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁLQLWLDOꢁORDG
ꢃ[ꢇꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[ꢇꢆ ꢇꢁE\WHV %RDUGꢁ(TXLSPHQWꢁ5HJLVWHU
Size
Description
ꢃ[ꢇꢇꢁ±ꢁꢃ[ꢉ) ꢈꢋꢁE\WHV 93'ꢁDQGꢏRUꢁ&XVWRPꢁGDWD
ꢃ[ꢌꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[$) ꢆꢂꢁE\WHV ,QWHUSKDVHꢀ6SHFLILFꢁ3URGXFWLRQꢁ'DWD
ꢃ[%ꢃꢁ±ꢁꢃ[)) ꢉꢃꢁE\WHV %RRWꢁ0RQLWRUꢁSDUDPHWHUV
Additional information concerning Interphase-specific Production Data and Boot Monitor
parameters are provided in the 4538 Built-In Self Test and Monitor Manual. The VPD
and/or Custom Data is available space, for later use)
Board Equipment Register
The “Board Equipment Register” is a 32-bit word that allows the software to precisely
determine the board equipment. The first three bytes are common to several Interphase
Boards, so many field values are not possible on the 4538. For instance the 4538 does not
have Monarch capability, so the Monarch bit will always be set to 0.
Table 1-23. Board Equipment Register Layout
EEPROM
Offset
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ꢃ[ꢇꢃ
ꢃ[ꢇꢄ
ꢃ[ꢇꢂ
ꢃ[ꢇꢆ
03&B,'
)/$6+B6,=(
/6'5$0B6,=(
021$5&+
6'5$0B6,=(
%86B)5(4
ꢃ
&$0B6,=(
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
$&&(66
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The PCI Bridge
Table 1-24. Hardware Configuration Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
MPC_ID
Microprocessor identifier:
0000: MPC8260ZU200, 200/133/66MHz, rev A.1
0001: MPC8260ZU133, 133/133/66MHz, rev A.1
0010: MPC8260ZU200, 200/133/66MHz, rev B.3
0011-1111: Reserved for future processor versions
FLASH_SIZE
Flash EEPROM size:
00: 1 Mbytes
01: 4 Mbytes
10: 8 Mbytes
11: Reserved for future use
LSDRAM_SIZE Local SDRAM size:
00: No memory device
01: 8 Mbytes
10: 16 Mbytes
11: Reserved for future use
SDRAM_SIZE Main SDRAM size:
000: 16 Mbytes (not possible on the 4539)
001: 32 Mbytes
010: 64 Mbytes
011: 128 Mbytes
100-111: Reserved for future use
CAM_SIZE
CAM size:
000: No CAM device
001: 4 K x 64
010: 8 K x 64 (not possible on the 4539)
011: 16 K x 64
100: 32 K x 64 (not possible on the 4539)
101-111: Reserved for future use
MONARCH
BUS_FREQ
Monarch capability:
0: Not monarch capable
1: Monarch capable (not possible on the 4539)
Local Bus frequency:
000: 50.000 MHz
001: 65.536 MHz (the only frequency currently available on the
4539)
010: 66.000 MHz
011-111: Reserved for future use
ACCESS
Access type:
0: 2 port front access board
1: 4 port rear access board
28
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Vital Product Data (VPD)
No VPD has been defined for the 4538.
Interphase-Specific Production Data and Boot Monitor Parameters
Additional information concerning Interphase-specific Production Data and Boot Monitor
parameters are provided in the 4538 Built-In Self Test and Monitor Manual.
The FLASH EEPROM Boot Memory
The boot memory is a 4Mx8 AMD 29LV033 FLASH EEPROM device, placed in the 60x
bus byte lane 0. This non-volatile memory device contains the Reset Configuration Word
required by the PowerQUICC II during the power-up phase, the 4538 Interphase Boot
Firmware Code, and optionally, your own complete operational code. The FLASH memory
is always mapped at address 0xFF800000.
Depending on the FLASH memory size, the mapping of the boot firmware will be different.
There are three requirements:
• The Reset configuration must be mapped at the beginning of the FLASH memory.
• The initial vector table must be mapped at address 0xFFF00000. This address is
never in the FLASH memory, but it will wrap onto its last MB.
• The FLASH Memory is organized in sectors. The reset configuration word and the
vector table must be preserved; therefore their entire sectors will be reserved.
The various elements are/must then be mapped as follows (the FLASH addresses are
obtained by masking the local address with the flash size: for a 4MB flash device it is
0x003FFFFF).
The flash is mapped from 0xFF800000 to 0xFFFFFFFF (8MByte space). For a 4MB
device, the second 4MB space will cover the first one (see below : first and second map).
Table 1-25. FLASH EEPROM Mapping
FLASH Addr
1st MAP
2nd MAP
Size
Description
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))&ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
7KHꢁILUVWꢁꢋꢇꢀNE\WHꢁVHFWRUꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ)/$6+ꢁFRQWDLQVꢁ
WKHꢁ+DUGZDUHꢁ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢁZRUGꢁꢍDWꢁDGGUHVVHVꢁ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢑꢁꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢃꢉꢑꢁꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢄꢃꢑꢁ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢃꢄꢉꢎꢅꢁ5HPDLQLQJꢁVSDFHꢁLVꢁXQXVHGꢅ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))ꢉꢄꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))&ꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃ)(ꢃꢃ 8QXVHGꢁE\WHꢁVSDFHꢅ
ꢃ[))&ꢄꢃꢃꢃꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢂ)ꢃꢃꢃꢃ )UHHꢁVSDFHꢁIRUꢁ2SHUDWLRQDOꢁ)LUPZDUHꢁꢍꢇꢈꢓꢋꢇꢁ
8%ꢎ
ꢃ[ꢆꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢆꢊꢌ(ꢃꢓ
ꢃ[))%ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[))%ꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[)))ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[)))ꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢄꢃꢃ
8QXVHGꢁE\WHꢁVSDFHꢅ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢆꢊꢉ(ꢃꢓ ꢇꢊꢆꢉꢁ%RRWꢁ)LUPZDUHꢁ520ꢁFRGH
ꢃ[))%ꢆꢊꢌ(ꢃꢓ ꢃ[)))ꢆꢊꢌ(ꢃꢓ
8QXVHGꢁE\WHꢁVSDFHꢅ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The QuadFALC T1/E1/J1 Framer
Table 1-25. FLASH EEPROM Mapping (cont)
1st MAP 2nd MAP Size Description
FLASH Addr
ꢁꢓꢁ9DOXHVꢁGHSHQGꢁRQꢁ%RRWꢁ)LUPZDUHꢁVL]HꢁZKLFKꢁYDU\ꢁIURPꢁRQHꢁYHUVLRQꢁWRꢁDQRWKHUꢁ±ꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ021,725ꢁ,1)2ꢁ
FRPPDQGꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁDFWXDOꢁVL]Hꢎ
The FLASH device is normally controlled by the PowerQUICC II memory controller unit
using chip-select signal CS0. The PowerQUICC II can read and re-program the FLASH
using the AMD algorithms.
The FLASH device is not intended to be accessed through the CompactPCI bus. Because
the FLASH device has an 8-bit data bus, and the PowerSpan supports only 64-bit wide
devices, its byte lane can only be accessed by the CompactPCI host for addresses that are
multiples of 8.
24.
The QuadFALC T1/E1/J1 Framer
The 4538 Communication Controller includes one QuadFALC device which controls four
independent T1/E1/J1 interfaces. For each interface, the QuadFALC includes a framer and
an LIU with data and clock recovery, a frame aligner with two frame elastic buffers for
receive clock wander and jitter compensation, a signaling controller with a HDLC
controller and 64 bytes deep FIFOs, and an 8-bit micro-processor interface.
Each line can be independently configured for E1 or T1. The pulse shape for CEPT E1
applications is programmed according to ITU-T G.703:
• Data Coding: HDB3
• Voltage of nominal pulse: 3 V (CCITT G703)
• Return Loss Transmitter: –12 dB (CCITT G703)
• Line Impedance: 120 Ohm
The pulse shape for T1 applications is programmed according to ANSI T1.403:
• Data Coding: B8ZS
• Voltage of nominal pulse: 3 V
• Return Loss Transmitter: –3.5 dB
• Line Impedance: 100 Ohm
The pulse shape for J1 applications is programmed according to ITU-T JT G.703:
• Data Coding: B8ZS
• Voltage of nominal pulse: 3 V (TBV)
• Return Loss Transmitter: –3.5 dB (TBV)
• Line Impedance: 110 Ohm
30
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
The QuadFALC includes a flexible clock unit that uses a clock supplied on its MCLK pin.
The QuadFALC MCLK input is connected to a 12.500 MHz +/-20ppm fixed frequency
(CPM BRG6) used by the internal DPLL. As a result, the GCM registers must be
programmed with the following values:
Table 1-26. GCM Register Programming (MCLK=12.500 MHz)
Register Value
*&0ꢄ
*&0ꢂ
ꢃ[ꢂ%
ꢃ[ꢊ'
*&0ꢆ ꢃ[$&
*&0ꢇ
*&0ꢊ
*&0ꢋ
ꢃ[ꢉꢌ
ꢃ[ꢃꢈ
ꢃ[ꢄꢊ
The QuadFALC has an integrated short-haul and long-haul line interface, comprising a
receive equalization network, noise filtering, and programmable Line Build-Outs (LBOs).
It implements an integrated Channel Service Unit (CSU) in T1 mode. For each type of
LBO, the shape of the transmit pulse must be adjusted through its registers LIM0, LIM2,
XPM0, XPM1, and XPM2 in order to comply with FCC 68 or ANSI T1.403. Table 1-27
provides the values in T1 mode for the 4538 hardware (in E1 mode, default values are
suitable)
Table 1-27. Transmit Pulse Shape Programming
2 Front Access
4 Rear Access
Line Build-Out
LIM0:EQON LIM2:LBO2–1 XPM0 XPM1 XPM2 XPM0 XPM1 XPM2
(ꢄꢁ6KRUWꢁ+DXO
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢃ[ꢆꢌ
ꢃ[ꢆꢌ
ꢃ[ꢃꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢌ&
ꢃ[ꢌ&
ꢃ[ꢃꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
±
(ꢄꢁ/RQJꢁ+DXO
±
7ꢄꢁ6KRUWꢁ+DXOꢁꢍQRꢁ&68ꢎ
7ꢄꢁ/RQJꢁ+DXOꢑꢁꢃꢁG%
7ꢄꢁ/RQJꢁ+DXOꢑꢁ±ꢈꢅꢊꢁG%
7ꢄꢁ/RQJꢁ+DXOꢑꢁ±ꢄꢊꢁG%
7ꢄꢁ/RQJꢁ+DXOꢁ±ꢂꢂꢅꢊꢁG%
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢄ
ꢃ[ꢈ' ꢃ[$ꢆ ꢃ[ꢃꢄ ꢃ[%) ꢃ[$ꢆ ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[ꢈ' ꢃ[$ꢆ ꢃ[ꢃꢄ ꢃ[%) ꢃ[$ꢆ ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[)ꢋ
ꢃ[%ꢋ
ꢃ[%ꢇ
ꢃ[ꢃꢂ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[)ꢋ
ꢃ[%ꢋ
ꢃ[%ꢇ
ꢃ[ꢃꢂ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The QuadFALC T1/E1/J1 Framer
For each line x, the QuadFALC provides four transmit multifunction ports (XPA_x,
XPB_x, XPC_x and XPD_x) and four receive multifunction ports (RPA_x, RPB_x, RPC_x
and RPD_x). The tables below indicate how they are used on the 4538 (The RPD port is
detailed for each port, since its use differs from one port to another).
Table 1-28. QuadFALC Multifunction Port Usage
QuadFALC port
Dir
Function
Usage
;3$B[
;3%B[
;3&B[
;3'B[
53$B[
,QSXW
6<3;
7'0ꢁEXVꢁ)UDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVH
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢍ8QXVHGꢎ
ꢍ8QXVHGꢎ
ꢍ8QXVHGꢎ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
,QSXWꢏ2XWSXW
6<35ꢏ5)0
7'0ꢁEXVꢁ)UDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁꢍWKHꢁ
IXQFWLRQꢁXVHGꢁGHSHQGVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁ
53%B[
53&B[
53'Bꢄ
53'Bꢂ
53'Bꢆ
53'Bꢇ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢍ8QXVHGꢎ
ꢍ8QXVHGꢎ
ꢀ
2XWSXW
5)63ꢁRUꢁ50)% /('ꢄꢁFRQWUROꢁꢍꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢎꢁ6HHꢁ1RWHꢁ
5)63ꢁRUꢁ50)% /('ꢂꢁFRQWUROꢁꢍꢃ 2Qꢑꢁꢄ 2IIꢎꢁ6HHꢁ1RWHꢁ
2XWSXW
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢍXQXVHGꢎ
ꢍXQXVHGꢎ
NOTE
The two synchronization green LEDs on the front panel are controlled by the RPD_1
and RPD_2 pins configured as RFSP respectively. These LEDs can also be
controlled by software, by configuring RPD_1 and RPD_2 pins as RMFB and forcing
them to 0 or 1.
The local processor and the PCI host see the QuadFALC as an 8-bit peripheral including a
set of 1024 directly addressable registers. These registers are placed at contiguous modulo
8 addresses, starting at addresses 0xF008 0000. The QuadFALC controls its own interrupt
line to the local processor.
The QuadFALC reset input is controlled by a PowerQUICC II CPM I/O port PC(2),
(0=reset active).
The QuadFALC controls its own interrupt line to the local processor.
32
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Each line of the QuadFALC framers can be configured independently in Line Termination
mode (LT) or in Network Termination mode (NT). In the LT mode, the QuadFALC is in
slave mode and synchronizes on the lines. In the NT mode, the QuadFALC is in master
mode and synchronizes on a reference signal provided through connector P4 or on a free
running internal frequency.
On the front access board, the framers 1 and 2 are tied respectively to J1 and J2 connectors.
On the rear access board, the framers 1, 2, 3 and 4 are respectively tied to the lines 0, 1, 2
and 3 on P4 connector.
Additional details about the Infineon PEB22554 can be found at Infineon’s web site.
The Ethernet Transceiver
The Intel LXT971A is an IEEE compliant Fast Ethernet transceiver for 100-Base-TX and
10-Base-T applications. It is connected to the PowerQuicc II through a Media-Independent
Interface (MII). It features :
• 10-Base-T and 100-Base-TX
• Auto-Negotiation and Parallel Detection
• MII interface with extended register capability
• Robust baseline wander correction performance
• Standard CSMA/CD or Full-Duplex operation
• MDIO management interface
Its management interface is controlled by the PowerQuicc ports PC(25) (MDC) and PC(26)
(MDIO).
The LXT971A controls its own interrupt line to the local processor (-IRQ3).
The LXT971A reset input is controlled by the PowerQUICC II CPM I/O port PC(24)
(0=reset).
The LXT971A also includes three programmable LED drivers, which are used to control
the LEDs on the faceplate.
Table 1-29. Ethernet LEDs
LXT971
Output
Description
/('ꢏ&)*ꢄ
/('ꢏ&)*ꢂ
/('ꢏ&)*ꢆ
)DFHSODWHꢁ/('ꢁꢆꢁꢍJUHHQꢎ
)DFHSODWHꢁ/('ꢁꢇꢁꢍJUHHQꢎ
)DFHSODWHꢁ/('ꢁꢊꢁꢍJUHHQꢎ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
TDM Bus Configurations
General
allows three basic configurations that can each have several variants. The configurations
are:
Direct Mode: The QuadFALC TDM busses are directly tied to the MPC8260. Two
variants exist:
• Multiplex Direct Mode with one multiplexed TDM bus for the four framers. In that
case the four framers have the same rhythm.
• Independent Direct Mode with one independent TDM bus per framer. Each framer
can have its own rhythm which is the same in transmit and receive.
Switched Mode: The QuadFALC multiplexed TDM bus is tied to the first TDM bus on P4.
The second TDM bus on P4 is tied to the MPC8260.
Pass Through Mode: Special mode that allows line snooping or concurrent treatment. It
applies to framers 1 and 2 together and to framers 3 and 4 together.
The use and the source of each data and clock is described in the different mode
descriptions.
The different modes are selected by programming the MPC8260 port PA(7) =
SWMODE_N which selects the Switched mode and the port PA(0) = COMCLK_N which
provides a common clock in Pass Through mode, by configuring the MPC8260 TDM ports
(open drain output or high impedance input when unused) and by programming the
QuadFALC registers.
Two network configurations are possible, Line Termination (LT) and Network
Termination (NT).
In the LT configuration, the network synchronization comes from the lines: the QuadFALC
derives its clocks from the receive rhythm and provides (directly in Direct mode or
indirectly in Switched mode) synchronization for the TDM busses.
In the NT configuration, the card, considered as being part of the network, is master of the
line rhythm. A network reference synchronization signal must be provided through PMC
connector P4 in order to control the lines rhythm in accordance to the network. If this
reference signal is not provided, or is temporarily failing, the card automatically provides
a fixed frequency reference.
The framers description shown in this chapter is a partial description, please refer to the
PEB22554 Data Sheet for a full description.
34
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-6. TDM Busses General Structure
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
Multiplex Direct Mode
In this mode, PA(7) = SWMODE_N = 1 and PA(0) = COMCLK_N = 1.
In multiplex direct mode, the four framers have the same rhythm. The QuadFALC system
interface is in multiplex mode; the first QuadFALC TDM bus is directly tied to the CPM
TDM bus TDMa1. The TDM bus clock and the frame synchronization signal are provided
by the QuadFALC. In NT mode, the QuadFALC can synchronize on an external network
reference clock provided on connector P4.
Grey lines indicate unused connections.
Table 1-30. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Multiplex Direct Mode
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
5'2Bꢄꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢄB5;
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHVꢅꢁ7KHꢁ
4XDG)$/&ꢁV\VWHPꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁLVꢁLQꢁPXOWLSOH[ꢁPRGHꢅ
7'0DꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
;',Bꢄ
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHVꢅꢁ7KHꢁ
4XDG)$/&ꢁV\VWHPꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁLVꢁLQꢁPXOWLSOH[ꢁPRGHꢅ
)6&
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
53$ꢄꢑ
;3$ꢄꢑꢁ
ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁRQHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ
'&2ꢀ5VꢑꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁFORFNꢅꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ56<1& 53$ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<35ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ
)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ;3$ꢄꢁLVꢁ
FRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<3;ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ
6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ7'0DꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
5&/8ꢄ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
6&/85ꢄ
6&/8;ꢄ
ꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁFORFNꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁRQHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWVꢑꢁRXWSXWꢁRQꢁ5&/8ꢄꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&53 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ5&/8 IRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁFORFNꢅꢇ6&/85ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢃꢄꢅꢁ6&/8;ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁ
XVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢃꢄꢇDQGꢁ
SURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWVꢅꢁ7'0Dꢄꢁ
UHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁRQHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ
UHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁFORFNVꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ6<1&ꢁ
VLJQDOꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁ6<1&ꢑꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁLQꢁIUHHꢀUXQQLQJꢁPRGHꢅ
)62+ꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
6<1&
([WHUQDOꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁFORFNꢁSURYLGHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLQꢁ
17ꢁPRGHꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢑꢁ6<1&ꢁLVꢁWLHGꢁWRꢁ
*1'ꢅ
38
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
NOTE
TDMb1, TDMc1, TDMd1, TDMa2, TDMb2, TDMc2 and TDMd2 signals are not used and
must be tristated.
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-9. TDM Busses in Multiplex Direct Mode
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
Independent Direct Mode
In this mode, PA(7) = SWMODE_N = 1 and PA(0) = COMCLK_N = 1.
In independent direct mode, each framer can have its own rhythm. Each QuadFALC TDM
bus is directly tied to a CPM TDM bus and has its own clock and frame synchronization
signal provided by the QuadFALC. In NT mode, each framer can synchronize on an
external network reference clock provided on connector P4.
Grey lines indicate unused connections.
Table 1-31. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Independent Direct Mode
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
5'2Bꢄꢁ
7'0DꢄB5;
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
;',Bꢄ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
)6&
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
53$ꢄꢑ
;3$ꢄꢑꢁ
ꢁꢉꢁ8+]ꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁXVHGꢁ
IRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁFORFNꢅꢁ53$ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ56<1& FRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<35ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ)UDPHꢁ
6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ;3$ꢄꢁLVꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ
6<3;ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ7'0DꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁ
FRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
5&/8ꢄ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
6&/85ꢄ
6&/8;ꢄ
ꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁFORFNꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁ
RXWSXWꢁRQꢁ5&/8ꢄꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&53 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ5&/8 FORFNꢅꢇ6&/85ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢃꢄꢅꢁ6&/8;ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ
6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢃꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWꢁ
UK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWꢅꢁ7'0DꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁ
FORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁWKHꢁUHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁ
FORFNꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ6<1&ꢁ
VLJQDOꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁ6<1&ꢑꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁLQꢁIUHHꢁUXQQLQJꢁPRGHꢅ
5'2Bꢂꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢄB5;
;',Bꢂ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅ
7'0EꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
53$ꢂ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢄB/ꢄ56<1& ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁꢁꢁ
DQGꢁRXWSXWꢁRQꢁ53$ꢂꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ5)0ꢅꢁ7KHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ)UDPHꢁ
6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ
3XOVHꢁDUHꢁLQWHUQDOO\ꢁJHQHUDWHGꢑꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢅꢈꢇ
&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢅꢄꢅꢁ7'0EꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁ
FRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ%05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
42
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Table 1-31. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Independent Direct Mode (cont)
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
6&/85ꢂ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢄB/ꢄ5&/8 ꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢅꢄꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ6&/85ꢂꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&653 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁ
FORFNꢅꢇ7KHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁLVꢁVRXUFHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ
5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢅꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWꢅꢁꢁꢁ7'0EꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ%05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁWKHꢁUHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁ
FORFNꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ6<1&ꢁ
VLJQDOꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁ6<1&ꢑꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁLQꢁIUHHꢀUXQQLQJꢁPRGHꢅ
5'2Bꢆꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢂB5;
;',Bꢆ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅ
7'0DꢂB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
53$ꢆ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢂB/ꢄ56<1& ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁꢁꢁ
DQGꢁRXWSXWꢁRQꢁ53$ꢆꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ5)0ꢅꢁ7KHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ)UDPHꢁ
6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ
3XOVHꢁDUHꢁLQWHUQDOO\ꢁJHQHUDWHGꢑꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢅꢈꢇ
&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢅꢄꢅꢁ7'0DꢂꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁ
FRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢁ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
6&/85ꢆ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢂB/ꢄ5&/8 ꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢅꢄꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ6&/85ꢆꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&653 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁ
FORFNꢅꢇ7KHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁLVꢁVRXUFHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ
5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢅꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWꢅꢁꢁꢁ7'0DꢂꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢁ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁWKHꢁUHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁ
FORFNꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ6<1&ꢁ
VLJQDOꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁ6<1&ꢑꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁLQꢁIUHHꢁUXQQLQJꢁPRGHꢅ
5'2Bꢇꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢂB5;
;',Bꢇ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅ
7'0EꢂB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
53$ꢇ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢂB/ꢄ56<1& ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁꢁꢁ
DQGꢁRXWSXWꢁRQꢁ53$ꢇꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ5)0ꢅꢁ7KHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ)UDPHꢁ
6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ
3XOVHꢁDUHꢁLQWHUQDOO\ꢁJHQHUDWHGꢑꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢅꢈꢇ
&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢅꢄꢅꢁ7'0EꢂꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁ
FRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢁ%05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
Table 1-31. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Independent Direct Mode (cont)
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
6&/85ꢇ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0EꢂB/ꢄ5&/8 ꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢅꢄꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ6&/85ꢇꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&653 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁ
FORFNꢅꢇ7KHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁLVꢁVRXUFHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ
5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢅꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWꢅꢁ7'0EꢂꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢁ%05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁWKHꢁUHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁ
FORFNꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ6<1&ꢁ
VLJQDOꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁ6<1&ꢑꢁ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁLVꢁLQꢁIUHHꢁUXQQLQJꢁPRGHꢅ
)62+ꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
6<1&
([WHUQDOꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁFORFNꢁSURYLGHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ5ꢁLQꢁ
17ꢁPRGHꢅꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢑꢁ6<1&ꢁLVꢁWLHGꢁWRꢁ
*1'ꢅ
NOTES
ꢀꢀ RCLK2, RCLK3 and RCLK4 must be configured as inputs (PC5.CRP=0).
ꢀꢀ XPA1, XPA2, XPA3 and XPA4 should be configured as SYPX (They must not be
configured as outputs).
ꢀꢀ TDMc1, TDMd1, TDMc2 and TDMd2 signals are not used and should be tristated.
44
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-12. TDM Busses in Independent Direct Mode
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
Switched Mode
In this mode, PA(7) = SWMODE_N = 0 and PA(0) = COMCLK_N = 1.
In switched mode, the QuadFALC multiplexed TDM bus is tied to the first TDM bus on
P4. The second TDM bus on P4 is tied to the MPC8260. The TDM busses clock and frame
synchronization signals are provided by connector P4. In NT mode, the QuadFALC can
synchronize on an external network reference clock provided on P4.
Grey lines indicate unused connections.
Table 1-32. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Switched Mode
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
5'2Bꢄꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
',+ꢃ
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHVꢁDQGꢁVHQWꢁWRꢁ
WKHꢁILUVWꢁ3ꢇꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢅꢁ7KHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁV\VWHPꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁLVꢁLQꢁ
PXOWLSOH[ꢁPRGHꢅ
'2+ꢃꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
;',Bꢄ
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHVꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁILUVWꢁ
3ꢇꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢅꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁV\VWHPꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁLVꢁLQꢁPXOWLSOH[ꢁ
PRGHꢅ
7'0DꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
'2+ꢄꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
',+ꢄ
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ&30ꢁ7'0DꢄꢁEXVꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
VHFRQGꢁ3ꢇꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢅ
7'0DꢄB5;
ꢉꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁVHFRQGꢁ3ꢇꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
&30ꢁ7'0DꢄꢁEXVꢅ
)62+ꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ56<1&ꢑ ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁSURYLGHGꢁE\ꢁ3ꢇꢁIRUꢁERWKꢁ
53$ꢄꢑꢁ
;3$ꢄ
7'0ꢁEXVVHVꢅꢁ53$ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<35ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁ
IRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ
;3$ꢄꢁLVꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<3;ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ
)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ7'0Dꢄꢁ
UHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁ)62+ꢁVKRXOGꢁEHꢁH[WHUQDOO\ꢁV\QFKURQL]HGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
OLQHVꢁUK\WKPꢅ
&82+ꢁꢍ3ꢇꢎ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ5&/8ꢑ ꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0+]ꢁFORFNꢁSURYLGHGꢁE\ꢁ3ꢇꢁIRUꢁERWKꢁ7'0ꢁEXVVHVꢅꢁ
6&/85ꢄꢑꢁ
6&/8;ꢄ
6&/85ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁ
ꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢃꢄꢅꢁ6&/8;ꢄꢁLQSXWꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ
6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢃꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWꢁ
UK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWVꢅꢁ7'0DꢄꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁ
FORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,ꢅ$05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
,Qꢁ/7ꢁPRGHꢑꢁ&82+ꢁVKRXOGꢁEHꢁH[WHUQDOO\ꢁV\QFKURQL]HGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
OLQHVꢁUK\WKPꢅ
,Qꢁ17ꢁPRGHꢑꢁ&82+ꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁOLQHꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁ
FLUFXLWꢁYLDꢁ6&/8;ꢄꢅ
)6&
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
)6,+
ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ
'&2ꢄꢀ5ꢑꢁV\QFKURQL]HGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁOLQHVꢁDQGꢁSURYLGHGꢁWRꢁ3ꢇꢅ
5&/8ꢄ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
&8,+
'HMLWWHUHGꢁFORFNꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ'&2ꢄꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁ
V\QFKURQL]HGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁOLQHVꢁDQGꢁSURYLGHGꢁWRꢁ3ꢇꢅ
48
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
NOTE
TDMb1, TDMc1, TDMd1, TDMa2, TDMb2, TDMc2 and TDMd2 signals are not used and
must be tristated.
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-15. TDM Busses in Switched Mode
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
Pass-Through Mode
In this mode, PA(7) = SWMODE_N = 1 and PA(0) = COMCLK_N = 0.
Pass through is possible from framer 1 to framer 2 and vice versa and from framer 3 to
framer 4 and vice versa. The four framers have the same rhythm (COMCLK_N = 0).
In framer 1 to framer 2 pass-through mode, the first framer is tied to the network in LT
mode. Data received from this framer goes to TDMa1 and to the second framer, which is in
NT mode, by using TDMc1 in Echo Mode, so that it can be connected to another adapter
configured as a line Termination (LT) circuit. Data received from framer 2 is combined
with data from TDMa1 by using TDMd1 in Echo Mode, and sent by framer 1; TDMd1_TX
and TDMa1_TX must be configured as open drain ports. TDMb1 is not used and must
be configured as input. Framer 2 to framer 1 pass-through description is symmetrical. The
same description applies to framer 3 and framer 4.
this mode. Only the framer 1 to framer 2 and framer 3 to framer 4 pass through is described.
Grey lines indicate unused connections.
Table 1-33. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Pass Through Mode
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
5'2Bꢄꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢄB5;ꢑ
7'0FꢄB5;
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢄVWꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁDQGꢁVHQWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢂQGꢁOLQHꢁYLDꢁ7'0FꢄꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅ
5'2Bꢂꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0GꢄB5;
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢂQGꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁDQGꢁVHQWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢄVWꢁOLQHꢁYLDꢁ7'0GꢄꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅꢁ7KLVꢁGDWDꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁ
FRPSOHWHGꢁꢍDQGHGꢎꢁZLWKꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁ7'0DꢄB7;ꢅ
5'2Bꢆꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
7'0DꢂB5;ꢑ
7'0FꢂB5;
7'0GꢂB5;
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢆUGꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁDQGꢁVHQWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢇWKꢁOLQHꢁYLDꢁ7'0FꢂꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅ
5'2Bꢇꢁ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢇWKꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁDQGꢁVHQWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢆUGꢁOLQHꢁYLDꢁ7'0GꢂꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅꢁ7KLVꢁGDWDꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁ
FRPSOHWHGꢁꢍDQGHGꢎꢁZLWKꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁ7'0DꢂB7;ꢅ
7'0DꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎ
DQG
7'0GꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
;',Bꢄ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁꢄVWꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ'DWDꢁIURPꢁ
7'0DꢄB7;ꢁDQGꢁ7'0GꢄB7;ꢁDUHꢁDQGHGꢁꢀSRUWVꢇDUHꢇRSHQꢉ
GUDLQꢇRXWSXWVꢄꢅ
7'0FꢄB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎ
;',Bꢂ
;',Bꢆ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢄVWꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁWRꢁWKHꢁꢂQGꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
7'0FꢄꢁLVꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅ
7'0DꢂB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎ
DQG
7'0GꢂB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎꢁ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁꢆUGꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢅꢁ'DWDꢁIURPꢁ
7'0DꢂB7;ꢁDQGꢁ7'0GꢂB7;ꢁDUHꢁDQGHGꢁꢀSRUWVꢇDUHꢇRSHQꢇ
GUDLQꢇRXWSXWVꢄꢅ
7'0FꢂB7;ꢁꢍ&30ꢎ
;',Bꢇ
ꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢆUGꢁ(ꢄꢏ7ꢄꢁOLQHꢁWRꢁWKHꢁꢇWKꢁOLQHꢅꢁ
7'0FꢂꢁLVꢁLQꢁHFKRꢁPRGHꢅ
52
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
Table 1-33. TDM and Synchronization Signals in Pass Through Mode (cont)
Pˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢀ
Dƒˆ‡ꢆ†ꢇ
9r†pꢄvƒ‡v‚
)6&
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
53$ꢄꢑꢁ;3$ꢄꢑꢁ
53$ꢂꢑꢁ;3$ꢂꢑ
53$ꢆꢑꢁ;3$ꢆꢑ
53$ꢇꢑꢁ;3$ꢇꢑ
ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢄꢀ5ꢁXVHGꢁ
IRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁFORFNVꢅꢁ53$ꢄꢑꢁꢂꢑꢁꢆꢑꢁꢇꢁ
LQSXWVꢁDUHꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<35ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ
)UDPHꢁ6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,563 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ;3$ꢄꢑꢁꢂꢑꢁꢆꢑꢁꢇꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ56<1& DUHꢁFRQILJXUHGꢁDVꢁ6<3;ꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ)UDPHꢁ
7'0EꢄB/ꢄ56<1& 6\QFKURQRXVꢁ3XOVHꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;63 ꢃꢄꢅꢁ7'0VꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁ
7'0FꢄB/ꢄ56<1& WUDQVPLWꢁFORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,[[05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅ
7'0GꢄB/ꢄ56<1&
7'0DꢂB/ꢄ56<1&
7'0EꢂB/ꢄ56<1&
7'0FꢂB/ꢄ56<1&
7'0GꢂB/ꢄ56<1&
5&/8ꢄ
ꢍ4XDG)$/&ꢎ
6&/85ꢄꢑꢁ6&/8;ꢄꢑ ,QWHUQDOꢁꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁGHMLWWHUHGꢁUHFHLYHꢁFORFNꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ
6&/85ꢂꢑꢁ6&/8;ꢂꢑ '&2ꢄꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWꢑꢁRXWSXWꢁRQꢁ5&/8ꢄꢁꢀ3&ꢆꢂ&53 ꢅꢄꢁDQGꢁXVHGꢁ
6&/85ꢆꢑꢁ6&/8;ꢆꢑ IRUꢁWKHꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁFORFNVꢅꢇ6&/85ꢄꢑꢁꢂꢑꢁꢆꢑꢁꢇꢁLQSXWVꢁDUHꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁ
6&/85ꢇꢑꢁ6&/8;ꢇꢑ WKHꢁ5HFHLYHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ&ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,56& ꢃꢄꢅꢁ
7'0DꢄB/ꢄ5&/8ꢑ 6&/8;ꢄꢑꢂꢑꢆꢑꢇꢁLQSXWVꢁDUHꢁXVHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁ6\VWHPꢁ
7'0EꢄB/ꢄ5&/8ꢑ &ORFNꢁꢀ&05ꢁꢂ,;6& ꢃꢄꢇDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWꢁUK\WKPꢁWRꢁ
7'0DꢂB/ꢄ5&/8ꢑ WKHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWVꢅꢁ7'0DꢄꢑꢁEꢄꢑꢁDꢂꢑꢁEꢂꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢁ
7'0EꢂB/ꢄ5&/8 FORFNVꢁDUHꢁFRPPRQꢁꢀ6,[[05ꢂ&57 ꢅꢄꢅꢁ7'0GꢂꢑꢁFꢂꢑꢁFꢄꢑꢁGꢄꢁ
DOVRꢁXVHꢁWKLVꢁFORFNꢁIRUꢁUHFHLYHꢁDQGꢁWUDQVPLWꢅ
7KHꢁLQSXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ'&2ꢄꢀ5ꢁLVꢁRQHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢁUHFRYHUHGꢁOLQHꢁ
FORFNVꢅ
NOTE
Unused TDM signals must be tristated.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-18. TDM Busses in Pass-Through Mode (1->2 & 3->4 Example)
54
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1: Hardware Description
',+ꢃ
'2+ꢃ
',+ꢅ
Q#
'2+ꢅ
Q@7!!$$#
HQ8'!%ꢅ
U9Hh
5'2Bꢅ
;',Bꢅ
7'0Fꢀ
5'2Bꢁ
;',Bꢁ
U9Hi
7'0Gꢀ
5'2Bꢆ
;',Bꢆ
U9Hh!
7'0Fꢁ
5'2Bꢇ
;',Bꢇ
U9Hi!
7'0Gꢁ
Figure 1-19. TDM Busses in Pass-Through Mode (2->1 & 4->3 Example)
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TDM Bus Configurations
58
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
24538 Power-Up Initialization
2
Overview
After power-up, the STARTUP code is executed. This code is written entirely in assembly
language and is the entry point after a power-up or a reset exception. STARTUP configures
the PowerQUICC II and several other critical hardware elements such as the SDRAM
memories. Once STARTUP is executed, code written in a high-level language such as “C”
is executed.
This chapter describes this STARTUP initialization.
NOTE
The STARTUP source code is provided in the APP/ASM/STARTUP.ASMfile.
PowerSpan Initialization
The PowerSpan is initialized by several different mechanisms.
During the power-up phase, the PowerSpan uses some of its I/O pins to determine its
Hardware Configuration Word (also called Power-up options in PowerSpan
documentation).
Then the PowerSpan initializes several of its internal registers by loading their values from
the I²C serial EEPROM. Among these registers, the PCI vendor and device identification,
the size of the PCI-to-Local windows, and the size and position of the first Local to PCI
window are initialized by the serial EEPROM.
The addresses in the PCI space of the PCI-to-Local windows are chosen by the PCI host
during its boot and programmed in the PCI configuration registers.
All the other initializations must be done either by the PowerSpan during its boot or by the
PCI host.
PowerSpan Hardware Configuration Word
On the board, this configuration is defined as follows:
• PB_ARB_EN=0:
• P1_ARB_EN=0:
• P2_ARB_EN=0:
• PWRUP_PRI_PCI=0:
• P1_R64_EN=0:
Disable PowerSpan arbiter for 60x local bus
Disable PowerSpan arbiter for PCI 1 bus
Disable PowerSpan arbiter for PCI 2 bus (no PCI 2 bus)
PCI 1 is primary PCI bus
Disable PCI 1 REQ64
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerSpan Initialization
• PWRUP_BOOT=0:
The PowerQUICC II boots locally (not through PCI)
• PWRUP_DEBUG_EN=0:Disable debug mode
• PWRUP_BYPASS_EN=0:Disable PLL bypass
PowerSpan Register Initialization Through the I²C Serial EEPROM
Table 2-1 provides the PowerSpan Register initialization values stored in the Serial
EEPROM. Refer to PowerSpan documentation, section EEPROM Loading for detailed
mapping between EEPROM addresses and PowerSpan registers.
.
Table 2-1. PowerSpan Register Initialization Values in the Serial EEPROM
EEPROM Initialization
Address
Value
Description
ꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢂ
ꢃ[ꢃ&
/RQJꢁ((3520ꢁORDG
ꢊ
ꢋ
3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ0DVWHUꢁ(QDEOHꢁDQGꢁ3&,ꢁPHPRU\ꢁ6SDFHꢁ(QDEOH
3&,ꢁWDUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁSUHIHWFKꢁLQGLFDWRUVꢁꢍDOOꢁꢃꢎ
3&,ꢁVXEV\VWHPꢁGHYLFHꢁ,'
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢈ±ꢉ
ꢃ[ꢌꢃꢈꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢃꢈ(
ꢃ[ꢃꢂ
ꢃ[ꢃꢌ±ꢃ[ꢃ$
ꢃ[%
3&,ꢁVXEV\VWHPꢁYHQGRUꢁ,'
,QWHUUXSWꢁSLQꢑꢁ,17$OꢁLVꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁEXVꢅ
ꢃ[&
ꢃ[ꢄ&
3&,ꢁ%DVHꢁ$GGUHVVꢁFRQILJXUDWLRQꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁHQDEOHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
3RZHU6SDQꢁUHJLVWHUVꢁDQGꢁWDUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁDQGꢁꢄꢁꢍWZRꢁ3&,ꢀWRꢀORFDOꢁ
ZLQGRZVꢎꢅꢁ7DUJHWꢁLPDJHVꢁꢄꢑꢁꢂꢑꢁDQGꢁꢆꢁQRWꢁHQDEOHGꢅ
ꢃ['
ꢃ[(
ꢃ[ꢊꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
3&,ꢁWDUJHWꢁ,PDJHꢁꢃꢁ ꢁꢂꢁ0%ꢑꢁ3&,ꢁWDUJHWꢁLPDJHꢁꢄꢁ ꢁꢊꢄꢂꢁ8%
3&,ꢁWDUJHWꢁLPDJHVꢁꢂꢁDQGꢁꢆꢐꢁVL]HꢁQRWꢁGHILQHGꢁꢍQRWꢁHQDEOHGꢎ
3&,ꢁ9LWDOꢁ3URGXFWꢁ'DWDꢁGLVDEOHG
1Rꢁ3&,ꢁ/RFNRXW
ꢃ[)
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢄ
ꢃ[ꢊ)
,QWHUUXSWꢁSLQVꢁGLUHFWLRQꢐꢁDOOꢁRXWSXWVꢁH[FHSWꢁ±,17ꢊꢅ
3&,ꢁ,ð2ꢁWDUJHWꢁLPDJHꢁGLVDEOHG
ꢃ[ꢄꢂ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢆ±ꢃ[ꢄ)
ꢃ[ꢂꢃ±ꢃ[ꢂꢄ
ꢃ[ꢂꢂ±ꢃ[ꢂꢆ
ꢃ[ꢂꢇ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢍ5HVHUYHGꢎ
ꢃ[ꢌꢃꢈꢃ
ꢃ[ꢄꢃꢈ(
ꢃ[ꢃꢂ
3&,ꢁGHYLFHꢁ,'
3&,ꢁYHQGRUꢁ,'
3&,ꢁ%DVHꢁ&ODVVꢁ&RGHꢐꢁ1HWZRUNꢁ&RQWUROOHU
3&,ꢁ6XEꢁ&ODVVꢁ&RGHꢐꢁ2WKHU
ꢃ[ꢂꢊ
ꢃ[ꢉꢃ
ꢃ[ꢂꢋ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
3&,ꢁSURJUDPPLQJꢁ,QWHUIDFH
ꢃ[ꢂꢈ
ꢃ[ꢃꢄ
5HYLVLRQꢁUHJLVWHU
ꢃ[ꢂꢉ±ꢃ[ꢆꢃ
ꢃ[ꢆꢄ±ꢃ[ꢆꢆ
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
3%ꢁVODYHꢁLPDJHꢁꢃꢁGLVDEOHGꢁꢍORFDOꢁWRꢁ3&,ꢁZLQGRZꢎ
3%ꢁVODYHꢁUHJLVWHUꢁLPDJHꢁEDVHꢁDGGUHVVꢁ ꢁꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢂꢃꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢂꢃꢃ
60
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2: 4538 Power-Up Initialization
Table 2-1. PowerSpan Register Initialization Values in the Serial EEPROM (cont)
EEPROM Initialization
Address
Value
Description
ꢃ[ꢆꢇ±ꢃ[ꢆ)
ꢃ[ꢃꢃ
ꢍ5HVHUYHGꢎ
Other PowerSpan Initializations
It is necessary to initialize the PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers in a specific way, in order
to use the interrupt pins as specified for the 4538. This can be done by the local processor
during its boot and/or by the PCI host.
The following C code is an example of interrupt pin initialization.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II Hardware Configuration Word
Example 2-1. PowerSpan Interrupt Map Registers Initialization Code
PowerQUICC II Hardware Configuration Word
When the PowerQUICC II hardware reset signal is de-asserted, the PowerQUICC II
generates 64-bit reads into its boot memory (the FLASH) with addresses starting at 0 and
incremented by 8. The first eight bytes set its Hard Reset Configuration.
For the 4538, the PowerQUICC II Hard Reset Configuration is (must be):
• EARB = 0:
• EXMC = 0:
• CDIS = 0:
• EBM = 1:
• BPS = 01:
• –CIP = 0:
• ISPS = 0:
Internal bus arbitration
The internal memory controller is used
The core is active
60x-compatible bus mode
8-bit boot port size
Initial vector table base address is 0xFFF0 0000
Responds as 64-bit slave to 64-bit masters
L2 cache pins configured as BADDR
Data parity pins used for interrupt signals IRQ1–7
• L2CPC = 10:
• DPPC = 00:
• ISB = 110:
Internal Memory Mapped Register base address is
0xFF00 0000
• BMS = 0:
• BBD = 0:
Boot memory space is 0xFE00 0000
Bus Busy pins are enabled
62
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2: 4538 Power-Up Initialization
• MMR =11:
• LBPC = 00:
• APPC = 10:
• CS10PC =01:
External bus requests are masked (PQ2 is the boot master)
Local bus enabled
Address parity pins used for bank select
–CS10/–BCTL1 used as –BCTL1
• MODCK_H =0101: PLL multiplication factors: with MODCK[1:3]=111, Bus
@66, CPM @133, Core @200 MHz
PowerQUICC II Initializations
After a power-up or a reset exception, the PowerQUICC II must initialize itself and adapt
its System Interface Unit (SIU) to the 4538 hardware. It must set up its memory controllers
and Chip Selects. Then it must also initialize the SDRAM devices, before using them as its
system memory.
PowerQUICC II System Interface Unit (SIU) Initialization
The PowerQUICC II SIU includes the following elements:
• System configuration and protection
• System reset monitoring and generation
• Clock synthesizer
• Power management
• 60x bus interface
• Memory Control Units
Several registers of the SIU need to be initialized during boot time for proper operation.
Internal Memory Map Register (IMMR)
The PowerQUICC II IMMR register is normally properly set in the Reset Configuration
Word to map the PowerQUICC II Internal registers to address 0xFF010000.
Bus Configuration Register (BCR)
Some fields of the BCR register are initialized by the Reset Configuration Word. Several
other fields however, need to be initialized:
• EBM = 1:
• APD = 010:
• L2C = 0:
60x bus mode
Wait two cycles for ARTRY
No secondary cache
• L2D = 000:
• PLDP = 0:
• EAV = 1:
• ETM = 1:
L2 cache hit delay (don’t care)
Pipeline depth = 1
Drive full address on 60x bus
Enable Extended Transfer Mode
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II Initializations
• LETM = 1:
Enable Local Extended Transfer Mode
• NPQM = 111: Non PowerQUICC II master connected
• EXDD = 0:
• ISPS = 0:
External Master Delay not disabled
Internal Space Port Size = 64 bits
The resulting register value is BCR=0xA01C0000.
System Protection Control Register (SYPCR)
This register controls the software watchdog. It can be read at any time but can be written
only once after system reset. During the first phases of a development, it may be simpler to
disable the watchdog by setting SWE to 0 in this register just after reset.
The resulting register value is SYPCR=0xFFFFFFC0.
60x Bus Arbiter Registers (PPC_ACR, PPC_ALRH, and PPC_ALRL)
In the PPC_ACR register, the following fields must be initialized:
• DBGD = 1:
Assert –DBG after –TS (needed if bus is parked on the
PowerSpan)
• EARB = 0:
Internal Arbiter used
• PRKM = 0110: Bus parked on internal PowerPC core
Registers PPC_ALRH and PPC_ALRL define the priorities of the various bus masters. On
the 60x bus the recommended priority order is as follows (from the highest to the lowest):
• CPM high priority: highest
• CPM middle priority
• CPM low priority
• External Master (the PowerSpan)
• PowerPC core
The resulting registers values are: PPC_ACR = 0x26, PPC_ALRH = 0x01276345, and
PPC_ALRL = 0x89ABCDEF.
SIU Module Configuration Register (SIUMCR)
The SIUMCR register configures various features in the SIU module, among them the
configuration of several multifunction pins. Its fields must be set as follows:
• BBD = 0:
• ESE = 1:
–ABB and –DBB enabled
–GBL/–IRQ1 pin used as –GBL
–PPBS/PGPL4 used as PGPL4
Core is enabled
• PBSE = 0:
• CDIS = 0:
• DPPC = 00:
–IRQ/DP pins used as –IRQ
• L2CPC = 10: L2 cache pins configured as BADDR
• LBPC = 00: Local bus pins used as local bus
64
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2: 4538 Power-Up Initialization
• APPC = 00:
• CS10PC = 01: –CS10/–BCTL1 used as –BCTL1
• BCTLC = 01: –BCTL0 used as R/–W and –BCTL1 used as –OE
Address Parity pins used as local bus
• MMR = 11:
External bus requests initially masked at boot, then
No bus request masking once booted
MMR = 00:
• LPBSE = 0:
LBPS/LGPL4 functions as LGPL4
The resulting register value is SIUMCR=0x4205C000.
Bus Transfer Error Registers (TESCR1 and L_TESCR1)
Since there is no parity checking on the 4538, data errors must be disabled (field DMD=1
in registers TESCR1 and L_TESCR1).
Memory Controllers
The PowerQUICC II includes sophisticated memory controller units: a General Purpose
Chip-select Machine (GPCM), three User Programmable Machines (UPMs) and two
SDRAM control machines. These units are used on the 4538 to control all the external
devices, except the PowerSpan, which is directly a 60x bus compatible device.
The memory controller unit to be used is defined bank per bank. Each bank is defined by
its Base Register (BRx) and its Option Register (ORx). The memory machine selection is
done in the Option register.
Table 2-2. PowerQUICC II Memory Controller Machine Usage
Element Accessed
)/$6+ꢁ((3520
Bank
Memory Controller
ORx Value BRx Value
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ*3&0
ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢉꢉꢄ ꢃ[))ꢉꢃꢃꢉꢃꢄ
ꢃ[)&ꢃꢃꢂ&'ꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢇꢄ
ꢃ[))))ꢌꢄꢃꢇ ꢃ[)ꢃꢃꢉꢃꢉꢉꢄ
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ0DLQꢁPHPRU\
4XDG)DOF
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ6'5$0ꢁPDFKLQH
ꢋꢃ[ꢁEXVꢁ830$
SDRAM Controller and SDRAM Device Initialization
For the SDRAM controller, a specific PowerQUICC II register (PSDMR for the 60x
SDRAM controller and LSDMR for the local SDRAM controller) is used to configure
operations pertaining to the SDRAM. This register includes several configuration fields
and one Operation field (OP). This Operation field must be used to generate all the special
accesses needed to initialize the SDRAM, such as the precharges, the refreshes, and the
SDRAM internal Mode register write. This will be useful for generating the complete
SDRAM initialization sequence.
To generate a special access, one must first set the OP field in the xSDMR register, and then
generate a dummy access to the SDRAM memory.
The sequence for SDRAM device initialization is as follows:
• Precharge all banks (OP=101)
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II Initializations
• Refresh the SDRAM eight times (OP=001)
• Write the SDRAM Mode register (OP=011). For the main SDRAM placed on the
60x bus, the row/column address multiplexing is done externally, so the mode
register value must be coded in the column address of the dummy access following
the PSDMR programming.
• Reset the xDMR register OP field for normal operation (OP=000).
The refresh periods for the SDRAM devices are defined by one common Memory Refresh
Timer Prescaler Register (MPTPR) and by two individual SDRAM Refresh Timer
Registers (PSTR for the 60x bus and LSTR for the local bus).
On the 4538, no CPM local memory is present.
GPCM Controller Initialization
The initialization of a GPCM controller is done entirely in the bank Option Register (ORx).
On the 4538, the Flash EEPROM is controlled in bank 0 by a GPCM.
UPM Controller Programming
User Programmable Machine A (UPMA) is used to control accesses to the QuadFALC.
MPC603e Core Initialization
For full description of the MPC603e registers, read Motorola documents: MPC603e a
EC606e RISC Microprocessors User’s Manual (ref MPC603EUM/AD) and PowerPC
Microprocessor Family: The Programmer’s Reference Guide (ref MPRPPCPRG–01).
MMU Initialization
The 4538 local memory mapping is organized in such a way that the Block Address
Translation (BAT) mechanism can be used rather than the more complicated Segments and
Translation Look-aside Buffers (TLB) mechanism.
In the Boot Firmware, the MMU is initialized using the BAT mechanism. The cachable
areas are defined in the BAT blocks. Once the IBATx and DBATx special purpose registers
initialized, Address Translation is enabled for instruction and data in the Machine State
Register (MSR).
Cache Initialization
The data and instruction caches are automatically invalidated after a power-up or after a
hard reset, but not after a soft reset. The content of the instruction and data caches are easily
invalidated, using the Instruction Cache FLASH Invalidate (ICFI) and the Data Cache
FLASH Invalidate (DCFI) control bits in the HID0 register. Each bit must be set and
cleared in two consecutive moves to SPR (mtspr) operations to the HID0 register.
66
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2: 4538 Power-Up Initialization
The instruction and data caches are enabled through bits ICE and DCE of register HID0
respectively. The setting of ICE bit must be preceded by an isyncinstruction. The setting
of DCE bit must be preceded by a syncinstruction.
Communication Processor Module Initialization
I/O Port Initialization
The CPM I/O ports have to be configured according to their usage (see Communication
done during the early phase of the boot (in startup.asm).
Each CPM port is set by four registers in the Internal Register Area: PDIRx, PPARx,
PODRx, and PDATx.
Table 2-3. CPM Port Register initialization Values
Register Address
Init. Value
Comment
33$5$ ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢃꢇ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3625$ ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢃꢉ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3'$7$ ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢄꢃ ꢃ[ꢉꢄꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ 6:02'(B1 ꢄꢑꢁ&20&/8B1 ꢄ
3',5$ ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢃꢃ ꢃ[)'ꢈ)))))
33$5% ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢂꢇ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3625% ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢂꢉ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3'$7% ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢆꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3',5% ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢂꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢆꢇꢇꢌ
33$5& ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢇꢇ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢇꢄꢃ
3625& ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢇꢉ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3'$7& ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢊꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ 4XDG)DOFꢑꢁ(WKHUQHWꢁUHVHWꢁGHDFWLYDWHG
3',5& ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢇꢃ ꢃ[))))ꢃ)&$
33$5' ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢋꢇ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3625' ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢋꢉ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃꢃ
3'$7' ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢈꢃ ꢃ[ꢃꢃꢃꢆꢋꢃꢃꢃ /('VꢁRII
3',5' ꢃ[))ꢃꢄꢃ'ꢋꢃ ꢃ[ꢃ)ꢄꢈ)ꢃꢃꢈ
CPM RCCR Reset
At boot, it is important to reset the RISC Controller Configuration Register (RCCR) in
order to disable any previously loaded CPM microcode and start with the known default
CPM microcode.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II Initializations
68
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3Programming the Peripherals
3
Overview
This chapter provides information specific to the 4538 board for peripheral programming.
Its initial purpose is not to detail how to program the peripherals themselves, for which the
developers should refer to the manufacturers data sheets. However, for tricky peripherals,
such as T1/E1/J1 framers, some important register programming is detailed. For more
details, refer to the 4538 Boot Firmware sources provided with the CD-ROM and
referenced (in italics) in this chapter. See also the 4538 Built-In Self Test and Monitor
Manual
PowerQUICC II CPM Initialization
The different functions on the CPM are used as follows:
• MCC1 connected to SI1, using TSA1 (128 time slots)
• MCC2 connected to SI2, using TSA2 (128 time slots)
• FCC3 connected to MII interface for Fast Ethernet
• SMC1 used for TTY interface
Serial Interfaces and Time Slot Assigner Initialization
In the CPM, the Time-Slot Assigners (TSAs) are parts of the Serial Interfaces (SIs).
Most TSA programming is done in two 256x16bits SIx RAMs per SI: one for receive and
one for transmit. These SIx RAMs are in the PowerQUICC II internal registers area, they
are not a part of the PowerQUICC II internal dual-port RAM. The programming of each
entry in the SIx RAM determines the routing of a group of serial bits.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\pqtdm.c - Functions vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII (Disable all
TDM and initialize clock route that defines connection of SIx to the clock sources) and
vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII_PT (Initialize SIx for pass-through mode test),
vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII_SW (Initialize SIx for switched mode test),
vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII_MUL (Initialize SIx for multiplexed mode test),
vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII_IND (Initialize SIx for independent mode test).
TDM Busses in Multiplexed Direct Mode and in Switched Mode
SI1AMR register must be set as follows:
• Reserved = 0: This bit should be cleared.
• SADx = 000: Starting bank address for the RAM of TDMa. 000 for first bank, first
32 entries.
• SDMx = 00: SI Diagnostic Mode for TDMa. 00 means normal operation.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II CPM Initialization
• RFSDx = 01: Receive frame sync delay for TDMa. 01 for 1 clock delay.
• DSCx = 0: Double speed clock for TDMa. 0 means the channel clock rate is
equal to the data clock.
• CTRx = 1: Common receive and transmit pin clocks for TDMa. 1 means Rx and
Tx clocks are common.
• SLx = 1:
• CEx = 1:
Sync level for TDMa. 1 means sync active level is 0.
Clock edge for TDMa. When DSCx = 1, data sent on the falling edge
and received on the rising edge.
• FEx = 0:
• GMx = 0:
Frame Sync edge for TDMa. 0 for falling edge.
Grant mode for TDMa. 0 for grant mode not used.
• TFSDx = 01: Transmit frame sync delay for TDMa. 01 for 1 clock delay.
Final Result of SI1AMR register is 0x0171.
TDM Busses in Independent Direct Mode
SI1AMR, SI1BMR, SI2AMR and SI2BMR registers must be set as follows:
• Reserved = 0: This bit should be cleared.
• SADx = 000: Starting bank address for the RAM of TDMAx. 000 for first bank,
first 32 entries.
• SADx = 010: Starting bank address for the RAM of TDMBx. 010 for second bank,
first 32 entries.
• SDMx = 00: SI Diagnostic Mode for TDMx. 00 means normal operation.
• RFSDx = 00: Receive frame sync delay for TDMx. 00 for no clock delay.
• DSCx = 0: Double speed clock for TDMx. 0 means the channel clock rate is
equal to the data clock.
• CTRx = 1: Common receive and transmit pin clocks for TDMx. 1 means Rx and
Tx clocks are common.
• SLx = 1:
• CEx = 1:
Sync level for TDMx. 1 means sync active level is 0.
Clock edge for TDMx. When DSCx = 0, data sent on rising edge and
received on falling edge.
• FEx = 0:
• GMx = 0:
Frame Sync edge for TDMx. 0 for falling edge.
Grant mode for TDMx. 0 for grant mode not used.
• TFSDx = 00: Transmit frame sync delay for TDMx. 00 for no clock delay.
Final Result of SI1AMR and SI2AMR registers is 0x0070.
Final Result of SI1BMR and SI2BMR registers is 0x2070.
70
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
TDM Busses in Pass-Through Mode
SIxAMR, SixBMR, SIxCMR, and SIxDMR registers must be set as follows (x=1 for line
1 to 2 and line 2 to 1, x=2 for line 3 to 4 and line 4 to 3):
SIxCMR and SIxDMR
• Reserved = 0: This bit should be cleared.
• SADx = 000: Starting bank address for the RAM of TDMs. 010 for second bank,
first 32 entries.
• SDMx = 01: SI Diagnostic Mode for TDMs. 01 means automatic echo. In this
mode, the TDM transmitter automatically retransmits the TDM
received data.
• RFSDx = 01: Receive frame sync delay for TDMs. 01 for 1 clock delay.
• DSCx = 0: Double speed clock for TDMs. 0 means the channel clock rate is
equal to the data clock.
• CTRx = 1: Common receive and transmit pin clocks for TDMs. 1 means Rx and
Tx clocks are common.
• SLx = 1:
• CEx = 0:
Sync level for TDMs. 1 means sync active level is 0.
Clock edge for TDMs. When DSCx = 0, data sent on the rising edge
and received on the falling edge.
• FEx = 0:
• GMx = 0:
Frame Sync edge for TDMs. 0 for falling edge.
Grant mode for TDMs. 0 for grant mode not used.
• TFSDx = 01: Transmit frame sync delay for TDMs. 01 for 1 clock delay.
Final Result of SIxCMR and SIxDMR registers is 0x0561.
SIxAMR (line 1 to 2 and line 3 to 4) or SIxBMR (line 2 to 1 and line 4 to 3):
• Reserved = 0: This bit should be cleared.
• SADx = 000: Starting bank address for the RAM of TDM. 000 for first bank, first
32 entries.
• SDMx = 00: SI Diagnostic Mode for TDM. 00 means normal operation.
• RFSDx = 01: Receive frame sync delay for TDM. 01 for 1 clock delay.
• DSCx = 0: Double speed clock for TDM. 0 means the channel clock rate is
equal to the data clock.
• CTRx = 1: Common receive and transmit pin clocks for TDM. 1 means Rx and
Tx clocks are common.
• SLx = 1:
• CEx = 0:
Sync level for TDM. 1 means sync active level is 0.
Clock edge for TDM. When DSCx = 0, data sent on the rising edge
and received on the falling edge.
• FEx = 1:
• GMx = 0:
Frame Sync edge for TDMa. 1 for rising edge.
Grant mode for TDM. 0 for grant mode not used.
• TFSDx = 01: Transmit frame sync delay for TDM. 01 for 1 clock delay.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II CPM Initialization
Final Result of SIxAMR (line 1 to 2 and line 3 to 4) and SIxBMR (line 2 to 1 and line 4 to
3) registers is 0x0169.
NOTE
When a TDM is not used, it is not necessary to initialize the corresponding SIxMR
register.
By setting CMXSI1CR to 0x30, CLK1 is assigned as input clock to TDMa1, CLK3 is
assigned as input clock to TDMb1, CLK13 is assigned as input clock to TDMc1, and
CLK15 is assigned as input clock to TDMa1
By setting CMXSI2CR to 0x00, CLK1 is assigned as input clock to TDMd2, CLK3 is
assigned as input clock to TDMc2, CLK13 is assigned as input clock to TDMa2, and
CLK15 is assigned as input clock to TDMb2.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\pqtdm.c - Function vPQTDM_SI_Init_PQII.
PC(31) must be configured as CLK1 input, PC(29) as CLK3 input, PC(19) as CLK13 input,
and PC(17) as CLK15 input.
See Boot Firmware sources: sys\h\4538.h (search CLK1, CLK3, CLK13 and CLK15).
Other TDMx signals also have to be configured on the parallel ports.
See Boot Firmware sources: sys\h\4538.h.
Assign TDMA1_L1RSYNC, TDMA1_L1RXD, and TDMA1_L1TXD to PA(6), PA(8),
and PA(9) respectively.
Assign TDMB1_L1RSYNC, TDMB1_L1RXD, and TDMB1_L1TXD to PD(10), PD(12),
and PD(13) respectively.
Assign TDMC1_L1RSYNC, TDMC1_L1RXD, and TDMC1_L1TXD to PD(26), PD(27),
and PD(28) respectively.
Assign TDMD1_L1RSYNC, TDMD1_L1RXD, and TDMD1_L1TXD to PD(23), PD(24),
and PD(25) respectively.
Assign TDMA2_L1RSYNC, TDMA2_L1RXD, and TDMA2_L1TXD to PD(20), PD(21),
and PD(22) respectively.
Assign TDMB2_L1RSYNC, TDMB2_L1RXD, and TDMB2_L1TXD to PB(29), PB(30),
and PB(31) respectively.
Assign TDMC2_L1RSYNC, TDMC2_L1RXD, and TDMC2_L1TXD to PB(24), PB(26),
and PB(27) respectively.
Assign TDMD2_L1RSYNC, TDMD2_L1RXD, and TDMD2_L1TXD to PB(20), PB(22),
and PB(23) respectively.
NOTE
TDMbx, TDMCx, and TDMdx parallel port pins must be configured as general
purpose output pins.
See Boot Firmware sources: sys\h\4538.h.
72
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
Clocks and Baud-Rate Generators
Introduction
The CPM contains eight independent, identical, Baud-Rate Generators (BRGs) that can be
used with the FCCs, SCCs, and SMCs. The clocks produced by the BRGs are sent to the
bank-of-clocks selection logic, where they can be routed to the controllers. In addition, the
output of a BRG can be routed to a pin to be used externally.
BRGCLK
The BRGCLK is an internal signal generated in the MPC8260 clock synthesizer
2
specifically for the BRGs, the SPI, and the I C internal BRG. BRGCLK is itself sourced
from VCO_OUT (twice the CPM clock) which is at 266.144 MHz. The DFBRG field of
SCCR must be programmed to 01, so that BRGCLK equals VCO_OUT/16 ( = 16.384
MHz). For more information on SCCR and DFBRG fields, see the MPC8260
PowerQUICC II Users Manual.
See Boot Firmware sources: app\asm\startup.asm.
BRG7 – TTY Baud-Rate Generator
The TTY interface is controlled by SMC1.
SMC1 baud-rate generator is BRG7.
Configure the CMXSMR register as follows:
• SMC1 = 0:
SMC1 is not connected to TSA.
This bit should be cleared.
• Reserved = 0:
• SMC1CS = 01: SMC1 transmit and receive clocks are BRG7.
• SMC2 = 0:
SMC2 is not connected to TSA (don’t care).
• Reserved = 0:
This bit should be cleared.
• SMC2CS = 00: SMC2 transmit and receive clocks are BRG2 (don’t care).
Final Result of CMXSMR register is 0x10. For more information on CMXSMR fields, see
the MPC8260 PowerQUICC II Users Manual.
The DIV16 field of BRGC7 register must be set to 0, so the first BRG7 divider will divided
the received BRGCLK clock by 1 and will use the 16.384 MHz clock.
To provide the proper baud-rate value (2400, 4800, 9600,... baud), the SMC1 clock source
must be 16 times the rate of the line (see BRGC7 register).
See Boot Firmware sources: app\c\montty.c - Function gwMonTTYOpen.
MCC Initialization
In Multiplexed Direct Mode and in Switched Mode, only MCCs TDMa1 is connected to
the framers. TDMa2, TDMbx, TDMcx, and TDMdx are not used. TDMa1 can transport up
to 128 MCC channels. This must be configured in the MCCF1 register.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PowerQUICC II CPM Initialization
MCCF1 register initialization:
• Group 1 = 00: Group 1 (MCC channels 0-31) is used by TDMa1
• Group 2 = 00: Group 2 (MCC channels 32-63) is used by TDMa1
• Group 3 = 00: Group 3 (MCC channels 64-95) is used by TDMa1
• Group 4 = 00: Group 4 (MCC channels 96-127) is used by TDMa1
Final Result of MCCF1 register is 0x00.
MCCF2 register initialization:
• Group 1 = 00: Group 1 (MCC channels 128-159) is used by TDMa2
• Group 2 = 00: Group 2 (MCC channels 160-191) is used by TDMa2
• Group 3 = 00: Group 3 (MCC channels 192-223) is used by TDMa2
• Group 4 = 00: Group 4 (MCC channels 224-255) is used by TDMa2
Final Result of MCCF2 register is 0x00 (don’t care).
In Independent Direct Mode and in Pass-Through Mode, only MCCs TDMax and TDMbx
are connected to the framers. TDMcx and TDMdx are not used.
MCCF1 register initialization:
• Group 1 = 00: Group 1 (MCC channels 0-31) is used by TDMa1
• Group 2 = 00: Group 2 (MCC channels 32-63) is used by TDMa1
• Group 3 = 01: Group 3 (MCC channels 64-95) is used by TDMb1
• Group 4 = 01: Group 4 (MCC channels 96-127) is used by TDMb1
Final Result of MCCF1 register is 0x05.
MCCF2 register initialization:
• Group 1 = 00: Group 1 (MCC channels 128-159) is used by TDMa2
• Group 2 = 00: Group 2 (MCC channels 160-191) is used by TDMa2
• Group 3 = 01: Group 3 (MCC channels 192-223) is used by TDMb2
• Group 4 = 01: Group 4 (MCC channels 224-255) is used by TDMb2
Final Result of MCCF2 register is 0x05.
For details on MCC Initialization, See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\pqtdm.c Function
vPQTDM_MCC_Init_PQII.
NOTE
The MCCs must be initialized before connecting to them in the SIRAM, otherwise
unpredictable errors, such as undue underruns will occur.
74
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization
Introduction
This section details the QuadFALC register initialization, assuming that for non-specified
registers, the initialization is the default value (which is generally 0x00). 4538 Boot
Firmware sources provides routines to initialize the framers in T1/J1 or E1 mode.
Developers should to refer to them.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c)
NOTE
At the end of a QuadFALC port configuration register initialization, it is
recommended that you reset the transmitter and receiver by setting XRES and RRES
bits in CMDR register.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Function vFalcWriteCMDR
Master Clock Initialization
The Master Clock provided on the MCLK pin of the QuadFALC devices is at 12.5 MHz.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Functions gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc and
gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrcPT.
Table 3-1. GCM Register Programming
MCLK
Register at 12.5 MHz
*&0ꢄ
*&0ꢂ
*&0ꢆ
*&0ꢇ
*&0ꢊ
*&0ꢋ
ꢃ[ꢂ%
ꢃ[ꢊ'
ꢃ[$&
ꢃ[ꢉꢌ
ꢃ[ꢃꢈ
ꢃ[ꢄꢊ
TDM Busses General Structure
TDM busses general structure allows four configurations. These different modes are
selected by programming the SWMODE_N (PA7) and COMCLK_N (PA0) signals, the
TDM ports and the QuadFALC registers.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization
Multiplexed Direct Mode
In multiplex direct mode, the four framers have the same rhythm. SWMODE_N = 1 and
COMCLK_N = 1.
System Interface
QuadFALC is connected to the CPM through an 8 MHz stream. This stream is the
concatenation of four 2 MHz streams, corresponding to the four T1/E1/J1 lines. These four
streams are mapped into this 8 MHz stream in an interleaved manner.
This interleaved organization is extended to all the 8 MHz streams.
Figure 3-1. Mapping of Four 2 MHz Streams into an 8 MHz Stream
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Functions gvQFalcInitT1, gvQFalcInitJ1 and
gvQFalcInitE1.
On the QuadFALC, the system multiplex mode must be enabled (GPC1.SMM = 1) with
byte interleaved format (SIC1.BIM=0), clocking rate at 8.192 MHz ( SIC1.SCC1/0=10)
and data rate at 8.192 MBit/s (SIC1.SDD1=1, FMR1.SDD0=0). Time-slot offset
programming was obtained by actual practice: XC0 = 0x00, XC1 = 0x03, RC0 = 0x00, RC1
= 0x03. The receive buffer size must be set to two frames (SIC1.RBS1/0 = 00). The transmit
buffer size must be set to two frames (SIC1.XBS1/0 = 10). SIC3.RESX and SIC3.RESR
must be set to 0 (Synchronous Pulse Transmit (–SYPX) and Synchronous Pulse Receive
(–SYPR) are latched on first clock (8.192 MHz) rising edge). –SYPX and –SYPR inputs
are mapped to XPA1 and RPA1 pins respectively by setting the PC1 register to 0.
SCLKX_1 and SCLKR_1 must be configured as inputs by setting PC5.CSXP and
PC5.CSRP bits to 0. All these initializations must be performed on each channel.
The multiplexed data stream is internally logically ored. Therefore the selection of the
active channel phase has to be configured differently for each single channel (1–4).
76
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
NOTE
For T1/J1 applications, the mapping of the receive 24 line time slots over the 32
available on the system interface is configurable with FMR1.CTM bit. In 4538 Boot
firmware, the choice is to select ‘Channel translation mode 1’, by setting FRM1.CTM
bit to 1: on reception, the 24 line time slots are contiguously mapped before they are
interleaved on the system bus. The same mapping occurs on transmission.
Table 3-2. Channel Phase Programming in Multiplexed System Data Streams
Channel SIC2.SICS2...0
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢃꢃꢃ
ꢃꢃꢄ
ꢃꢄꢃ
ꢃꢄꢄ
RCLK1 Configuration as TDM Bus Clock
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc.
RCLK1 signal of QuadFALC is recovered from the line and dejittered by DCO-R. It must
be configured as an active output (PC5.CRP = 1). RCLK2, RCLK3, and RCLK4 shall be
configured as inputs (PC5.CRP = 0).
RCLK1 is one of the four channels’ internally generated receive route clocks (RCLK) (a
channel is a FALC within a QuadFALC) of a QuadFALC: the channel selection is set with
GPC1.R1S1 and GPC1.R1S0 bits – when using RCLK1 for synchronizing the TDM
SIxRAM, an active channel should be selected. On each channel, program CMR1.RS1=1
and CMR1.RS0=1: the advantage would be to have RCLK1 at 8.192 MHz whatever the
source’s channel mode is (T1/J1 or E1), the disadvantage is that in case of an LOS (Loss
Of Signal) on the source channel, RCLK1 does not go to a continuous level, but is the free
running frequency of DCO-R. Since DCO-R is used, program CMR1.DRSS1 and
circuit.
Table 3-3. QuadFALC RCLK Reference Source for DCO-R
Channel CMR1.DRSS1 CMR1.DRSS0
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization
SEC/FSC Configuration
The SEC/FSC signal of the QuadFALC is connected to CPM and is used for the TDM frame
synchronization clock (8 KHz synchronization pulse generated by one of the four DCO-
Rs). It must be configured as an FSC output by setting GPC1.CSFP1 to 1. Bit GPC1.CSFP0
allows selecting the active level (low or high). When using the pairing feature, FSC source
must match an active channel as for RCLK1: the source is selected with GPC1.FSS1 and
GPC1.FSS0 bits.
See Boot Firmware sources: TST\C\QFALC.C Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc.
Independent Direct Mode
In independent direct mode, the four framers have their own rhythm. SWMODE_N = 1 and
COMCLK_N = 1.
System Interface
QuadFALC is connected to the CPM through four 2 MHz stream, corresponding to the four
T1/E1/J1 lines.
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Functions gvQFalcInitT1, gvQFalcInitJ1 and
gvQFalcInitE1.
The QuadFALC system multiplex mode must be disabled (GPC1.SMM = 0) with byte
interleaved format (SIC1.BIM=0), clocking rate at 2.048 MHz ( SIC1.SCC1/0=00) and
data rate at 2.048 MBit/s (SIC1.SSD1=0, FMR1.SSD0=0). Time-slot offset programming
was obtained by actual practice: XC0 = 0x00, XC1 = 0x03, RC0 = 0x00, RC1 = 0x03. The
receive buffer size must be set to two frames (SIC1.RBS1/0 = 00). The transmit buffer size
must be set to two frames (SIC1.XBS1/0 = 10). SIC3.RESX and SIC3.RESR must be set
to 0 (Synchronous Pulse Transmit (–SYPX) and Synchronous Pulse Receive
(–SYPR) are latched on first clock rising edge).
On the first channel, –SYPX (CMR2.IRSP = 0) and –SYPR (CMR2.IXSP = 0) inputs are
mapped to XPA1 and RPA1 pins respectively by setting the PC1 register to 0.
SCLKX_1 (used for the transmit system clock CMR2.IXSC = 0) and SCLKR_1 (used for
the receive system clock CMR2.IRSC = 0) must be configured as inputs by setting
PC5.CSXP and PC5.CSRP bits to 0.
On the other channel, the receive and transmit frame synchronous pulse are internally
generated (CMR2.IRSP = 1 and CMR2.IXSP = 1).
SCLKR_x is a 2.048 MHz dejittered receive system clock output (PC5.CSRP = 1)
generated by the DCO-R circuit (CMR2.IXSC = 1). The transmit system clock input
(PC5.CSXP = 0), SCLKX_x is sourced by the internal receive system clock (CMR2.IRSC
= 1).
RCLK1 Configuration as TDM Bus Clock
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc.
RCLK1 signal of QuadFALC is recovered from the line and dejittered by DCO-R. It must
be configured as an active output (PC5.CRP = 1). RCLK2, RCLK3, and RCLK4 shall be
configured as inputs (PC5.CRP = 0).
78
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
RCLK1 is one of the four channels’ internally-generated receive route clocks (RCLK) of a
QuadFALC: the channel selection is set with GPC1.R1S1 and GPC1.R1S0 bits – when
using RCLK1 for synchronizing the TDM SIxRAM, an active channel should be selected.
On each channel, program CMR1.RS1=1 and CMR1.RS0=0: the advantage would be to
have RCLK1 at 2.048 MHz whatever the source’s channel mode is (T1/J1 or E1), the
disadvantage is that in case of an LOS (Loss Of Signal) on the source channel, RCLK1 does
not go to a continuous level, but is the free running frequency of DCO-R. Since DCO-R is
reference source for the DCO-R circuit
SEC/FSC Configuration
The SEC/FSC signal of the QuadFALC is connected to CPM and is used for the TDM frame
synchronization clock (8 KHz synchronization pulse generated by one of the four DCO-
Rs). It must be configured as an FSC output by setting GPC1.CSFP1 to 1. Bit GPC1.CSFP0
allows selecting the active level (low or high). When using the pairing feature, FSC source
must match an active channel as for RCLK1: the source is selected with GPC1.FSS1 and
GPC1.FSS0 bits.
See Boot Firmware sources: TST\C\QFALC.C Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc.
Switched Mode
In switched direct mode, the four framers have the same rhythm. SWMODE_N = 0 and
COMCLK_N = 1.
System Interface
QuadFALC multiplexed bus is connected to the first TDM bus on P4. The second TDM bus
on P4 is connected to the MPC8260. TDM busses clock and frame synchronization signals
are provided by P4.
On QuadFALC, the system multiplex mode must be enabled (GPC1.SMM = 1) with byte
interleaved format (SIC1.BIM=0), clocking rate at 8.192 MHz ( SIC1.SCC1/0=10) and
data rate at 8.192 MBit/s (SIC1.SDD1=1, FMR1.SDD0=0). Time-slot offset programming
was obtained by actual practice: XC0 = 0x00, XC1 = 0x03, RC0 = 0x00, RC1 = 0x03. The
receive buffer size must be set to two frames (SIC1.RBS1/0 = 00). The transmit buffer size
must be set to two frames (SIC1.XBS1/0 = 10). SIC3.RESX and SIC3.RESR must be set
to 0 (Synchronous Pulse Transmit (–SYPX) and Synchronous Pulse Receive
(–SYPR) are latched on first clock (8.192 MHz) rising edge). –SYPX and –SYPR inputs
are mapped to XPA1 and RPA1 pins respectively by setting the PC1 register to 0.
SCLKX_1 and SCLKR_1 must be configured as inputs by setting PC5.CSXP and
PC5.CSRP bits to 0. All these initializations must be performed on each channel.
The multiplexed data stream is internally logically ored. Therefore the selection of the
active channel phase has to be configured differently for each single channel (1–4).
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Functions gvQFalcInitT1, gvQFalcInitJ1 and
gvQFalcInitE1.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization
RCLK1 Configuration as TDM bus clock
8 KHz synchronization pulse generated by the internal DCO1-R circuit, synchronized to the
lines and provided to P4.
SEC/FSC Configuration
Dejittered clock generated by the internal DCO1-R circuit, synchronized to the lines and
provided to P4.
Pass-Through Mode
In multiplex direct mode, the four framers have the same rhythm. SWMODE_N = 1 and
COMCLK_N = 0.
Pass-Through mode is possible from framer 1 to framer 2, framer 3 to framer 4 and vice
versa.
System Interface
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Function gvQFalcInitE1PT.
The QuadFALC system multiplex mode must be disabled (GPC1.SMM = 0) with byte
interleaved format (SIC1.BIM=0), clocking rate at 2.048 MHz ( SIC1.SCC1/0=00) and
data rate at 2.048 MBit/s (SIC1.SSD1=0, FMR1.SSD0=0). Time-slot offset programming
was obtained by actual practice: XC0 = 0x00, XC1 = 0x04, RC0 = 0x00, RC1 = 0x04. The
receive buffer size must be set to two frames (SIC1.RBS1/0 = 00). The transmit buffer size
must be set to two frames (SIC1.XBS1/0 = 10). SIC3.RESX and SIC3.RESR must be set
to 0 (Synchronous Pulse Transmit (–SYPX) and Synchronous Pulse Receive
(–SYPR) are latched on first clock rising edge).
–SYPX (CMR2.IRSP = 0) and –SYPR (CMR2.IXSP = 0) inputs are mapped to XPAx and
RPAx pins respectively by setting the PC1 register to 0.
SCLKX_x (used for the transmit system clock CMR2.IXSC = 0) and SCLKR_x (used for
the receive system clock CMR2.IRSC = 0) must be configured as inputs by setting
PC5.CSXP and PC5.CSRP bits to 0.
RCLK1 Configuration as TDM Bus Clock
See Boot Firmware sources: tst\c\qfalc.c - Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrcPT.
RCLK1 signal of QuadFALC is recovered from the line and dejittered by DCO-R. It must
be configured as an active output (PC5.CRP = 1). Though RCLK2, RCLK3, and RCLK4
are not connected and shall be configured as inputs (PC5.CRP = 0).
RCLK1 is one of the four channels’ internally generated receive route clocks (RCLK) of a
QuadFALC: the channel selection is set with GPC1.R1S1 and GPC1.R1S0 bits – when
using RCLK1 for synchronizing the TDM SIxRAM, an active channel should be selected.
On each channel, program CMR1.RS1=1 and CMR1.RS0=0: the advantage would be to
have RCLK1 at 2.048 MHz whatever the source’s channel mode is (T1/J1 or E1), the
disadvantage is that in case of an LOS (Loss Of Signal) on the source channel, RCLK1 does
80
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
not go to a continuous level, but is the free running frequency of DCO-R. Since DCO-R is
reference source for the DCO-R circuit
SEC/FSC Configuration
The SEC/FSC signal of the QuadFALC is connected to CPM and is used for the TDM frame
synchronization clock (8 KHz synchronization pulse generated by one of the four DCO-R).
It must be configured as an FSC output by setting GPC1.CSFP1 to 1. Bit GPC1.CSFP0
allows selecting the active level (low or high). When using the pairing feature, FSC source
must match an active channel as for RCLK1: the source is selected with GPC1.FSS1 and
GPC1.FSS0 bits.
See Boot Firmware sources: TST\C\QFALC.C Function gvQFalcSetPortSyncSrc.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T1/E1/J1 Framer Initialization
Framing and Line Coding Initialization
Common Initialization
Table 3-4. Common T1/E1/E1-CRC4 Initialization
Register Bit
Value
Comment
/,0ꢄꢅ'56ꢃ
/,0ꢂꢅ6/7ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ
/,0ꢄꢅ5,/ꢂꢅꢅꢅꢃ
3&'ꢑ3&5
7KHꢁWHUQDU\ꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢅ
ꢄꢃ
5HFHLYHꢁVOLFHUꢁWKUHVKROGꢁ ꢁꢊꢃP
/LQHꢁLQWHUIDFHꢁUHFHLYHꢁLQSXWꢁWKUHVKROGꢁHTXDOVꢁꢃꢅꢋꢁ9ꢁ
ꢃꢄꢃ
ꢃ[ꢃ$ꢑꢃ[ꢄꢊ /26ꢁLVꢁGHFODUHGꢁDIWHUꢁꢄꢈꢋꢁSXOVHꢁSRVLWLRQVꢁZLWKRXWꢁ
WUDQVLWLRQVꢁDQGꢁꢃ[ꢄꢋꢁSXOVHVꢁUHTXLUHGꢁZLWKLQꢁꢄꢈꢋꢁPVꢁ
WRꢁFOHDUꢁDQꢁ/26ꢁDODUPꢁꢍIXOILOOVꢁ*ꢅꢈꢈꢊꢎꢅ
T1 Specific Initialization
Table 3-5. T1 Specific Initialization
Register Bit Value Comment
)05ꢄꢅ302'
)05ꢇꢅꢅ)0ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ
)05ꢄꢅ&5&
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢄ
7ꢄꢁPRGH
ꢂꢇꢀIUDPHꢁPXOWLꢀIUDPHꢁIRUPDWꢁꢍ(6)ꢎ
&5&ꢋꢁFKHFNꢏJHQHUDWLRQꢁHQDEOHG
)05ꢃꢅ5&ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ
)05ꢃꢅ;&ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ
)50ꢇꢅ$872
ꢄꢄ %ꢉ=6ꢁVHULDOꢁOLQHꢁFRGHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁUHFHLYHU
ꢄꢄ %ꢉ=6ꢁVHULDOꢁOLQHꢁFRGHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWWHU
ꢄ
$XWRPDWLFꢁUHꢀV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁLVꢁHQDEOHG
E1/E1-CRC4 Common Initialization
Table 3-6. E1/E1-CRC4 Common Initialization
Register Bit Value Comment
)05ꢄꢅ302'
)05ꢃꢅ5&ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ
ꢃ
(ꢄꢁPRGH
ꢄꢄ +'%ꢆꢁVHULDOꢁOLQHꢁFRGHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁUHFHLYHUꢅ
)05ꢃꢅ;&ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ ꢄꢄ +'%ꢆꢁVHULDOꢁOLQHꢁFRGHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWWHUꢅ
;6:ꢅ;6,6 6SDUHꢁELWꢁIRUꢁ,QWHUQDWLRQDOꢁ8VHꢐꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢅ
ꢄ
;6:ꢅ;<ꢃꢅꢅꢅꢇ ꢄꢄꢄꢄ 6SDUHꢁELWVꢁIRUꢁ1DWLRQDOꢁ8VHꢐꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢅ
82
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
E1 Non-CRC4 Specific Initialization
Table 3-7. E1 Non-CRC4 Specific Initialization
Register Bit Value Comment
)05ꢄꢅ;)6ꢃ
7UDQVPLWꢁGRXEOHꢀIUDPHꢁIRUPDWꢅ
)05ꢂꢅ5)6ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ ꢃꢃ 5HFHLYHꢁGRXEOHꢀIUDPHꢁIRUPDWꢅ
E1-CRC4 Specific Initialization
Table 3-8. E1-CRC4 Specific Initialization.
Register Bit Value Comment
)05ꢄꢅ;)6ꢄ 7UDQVPLWꢁ&5&ꢇꢀPXOWLIUDPHꢁIRUPDWꢅ
)05ꢂꢅ5)6ꢄꢅꢅꢅꢃ ꢄꢃ 5HFHLYHꢁ&5&ꢇꢀPXOWLIUDPHꢁIRUPDWꢅ
Clock Synchronization Initialization
Slave Mode
Table 3-9. Slave Mode Initialization
Register Bit Value Comment
/,0ꢃꢅ0$6ꢃODYHꢁP6RGHꢅ
/,0ꢂꢅ(/7
ꢄ
(QDEOHꢁ/RRSꢀ7LPHGꢅꢁ7UDQVPLWꢁFORFNꢁLVꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁ
IURPꢁWKHꢁFORFNꢁVXSSOLHGꢁE\ꢁ0&/8ꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁ
V\QFKURQL]HGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁH[WUDFWHGꢁUHFHLYHꢁURXWHꢁFORFNꢅ
)05ꢊꢅ;70
&05ꢄꢅ';66
ꢄ
ꢃ
'LVFRQQHFWVꢁWKHꢁFRQWUROꢁRIꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWꢁV\VWHPꢁ
LQWHUIDFHꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁWUDQVPLWWHUꢅ
7KHꢁ'&2ꢀ;ꢁFLUFXLWU\ꢁV\QFKURQL]HVꢁWRꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁ
UHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁVRXUFHGꢁE\ꢁ5&/8ꢁ
ꢍDVVXPLQJꢁ/,0ꢄꢅ5/ ꢃꢁDQGꢁ/,0ꢂꢅ(/7ꢁ ꢁꢄꢎꢅ
Master Mode
Table 3-10. Master Mode Initialization
Register Bit
Value Comment
/,0ꢃꢅ0$6ꢄ
/,0ꢂꢅ(/7
0DVWHUꢁPRGHꢅ
ꢃ
ꢃ
1RUPDOꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁ±ꢁ/RRSꢀ7LPHGꢁGLVDEOHGꢅ
)05ꢊꢅ;70ꢁꢍ7ꢄꢎ
;6:ꢅ;70ꢁꢍ(ꢄꢎ
±6<63;ꢁGHILQHVꢁWKHꢁIUDPHꢁEHJLQQLQJꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
WUDQVPLWꢁV\VWHPꢁKLJKZD\ꢅ
,3&ꢅ66<)
ꢃ
5HIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁDWꢁSRUWꢁ6<1&ꢁLVꢁꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢅ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The Ethernet Port Initialization
Table 3-10. Master Mode Initialization (cont)
Register Bit
/,0ꢄꢅ'&2&ꢁꢍ7ꢄꢎ
Value Comment
)RUꢁ7ꢄꢁRQO\ꢁ±ꢁꢂꢅꢃꢇꢉꢁ0+]ꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
ꢄ
'&2ꢀ5ꢁFLUFXLWU\ꢁSURYLGHGꢁRQꢁSLQꢁ6<1&ꢅ
Transmit Pulse Shape
For each type of Line Build-Out (LBO), the shape of the transmit pulse must be adjusted
through QuadFALC registers LIM0, LIM2, XPM0, XPM1, and XPM2 in order to comply
Line LED Control
For each T1/E1/J1 line, there is one green LED.
Each green LED is controlled through a QuadFALC pin (RPDi), allowing software or
hardware control. Each of these RPDi pins can be configured for one of seven different
functions. The selection is done in QuadFALC register PC4 (one for each pin). This gives
the ability to control the LED in different operations:
• When PC4 = 0x00, the green LED is OFF
• When PC4 = 0x30, the green LED is ON
• When PC4 = 0x70, the green LED is ON if synchronized to Rx line, OFF
otherwise.
The Ethernet Port Initialization
The Ethernet Line Interface Unit (LIU) is a INTEL LXT971A.
The LIU is connected to FCC3 through a Media Independent Interface (MII).
See Boot Firmware: sys\h\4538.h.
The LIU internal registers are initialized through MDC and MDIO Management pins.
These pins have to be manually manipulated through PC(25) and PC(26) pins. The LIU
PHY address is set to 0 (address pins are cabled to 0V).
See Boot Firmware: eth\c\lxtinit.c.
The TTY Framer Initialization
The TTY port is connected to an SMC1 framer that is used in UART mode. For SMC1
operation, MPC8260 port D pins 8 and 9 have to be configured properly.
See Boot Firmware: sys\h\4538.h.
84
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3: Programming the Peripherals
For a simple SMC1 controller example in polling mode:
See Boot Firmware: app\c\montty.c
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The TTY Framer Initialization
86
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4Accessing the 4538 on the PCI Side
4
PowerSpan Configuration by the PCI Host
Several elements of the PowerSpan are automatically configured at power-up by the
hardware, or by the PowerQUICC II. However, some PCI-specific settings have to be done
by the PCI host.
PCI Configuration
The card is identified through its Interphase Vendor ID (0x107E) and its PCI device ID
(0x9070). Its PCI configuration is set up by the PCI host at its power-on or by the “high
availability” operating system if the 4538 has been hot inserted.
Interrupt Pin Configuration
The set up of the PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers is normally done by the PowerQUICC
II when it boots, so they should not need to be reconfigured, except if the card has not yet
received a valid boot firmware.
PCI-to-Local Window Configuration
When accessing through a PowerSpan PCI-to-local window, this window must have been
2
enabled in the I C serial EEPROM, in order to allow the CompactPCI host to detect it at
system power-on or after hot insertion of the board, and map it in the PCI space.
The corresponding PowerSpan register PCI Target Image Control Register must also have
been initialized with the Image Enable bit set (IMG_EN=1) and the address translation
mechanism enabled (TA_EN=1).
Controlling the 4538 Hardware and Software Resets
PowerSpan interrupt pins –INT2 and –INT3 are used as output ports to control the
MPC8260 hardware reset signal –HRESET and software reset signal –SRESET
respectively. They are conventionally associated with doorbell bits 4 and 5 respectively. The
PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers must have been correctly initialized before (see
During a power-up sequence, –HRESET and –SRESET are first activated and then
deactivated once the PCI bus reset signal is deactivated. This allows the PowerQUICC II
to boot without any host intervention, just after the end of the PCI reset.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Controlling the PCI-to-Local Interrupt
For a normal use, the card should be reset by the PCI host (if needed) using only the
–SRESET signal. The –HRESET signal is used for special cases, such as FLASH memory
run the board from the PCI side.
Example 4-1. Reset and Run Command Routines
Controlling the PCI-to-Local Interrupt
The PowerSpan Interrupt pin –INT0 is used to control the PCI-to-Local interrupt (renamed
ATN in the software examples: “Attention to the PowerQUICC II” ). It is associated by
convention with doorbell register 2. The PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers must have
been previously correctly initialized. This interrupt controls the –IRQ1/DP1/–EXT_BG2
input pin of the PowerQUICC II.
Example 4-2 is an example of C code routines to set and reset the PCI-to-Local interrupt
and to read the status of this interrupt from the PCI side.
Example 4-2. PCI to Local Interrupt Routines (From the PCI Side)
88
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4: Accessing the 4538 on the PCI Side
Local to PCI Interrupt (–INTA)
The PowerQUICC II can generate an interrupt toward the PCI Host by setting a doorbell
bit. Conventionally, doorbell bit 0 has been dedicated to this task, and has been associated
with PCI interrupt pin –INTA in the PowerSpan Interrupt Map registers.
Example 4-3 is an example of C code routines to reset the PCI-to-Local interrupt and to read
the status of this interrupt from the local side.
Example 4-3. Routines Related to Local-to-PCI Interrupt
Local Space Access From PCI Memory Space
The PowerSpan provides four memory windows from the PCI memory space to the Local
memory space. In the 4538 design, the default setting in the PowerSpan serial EEPROM
enables two windows. The first one is set with a size of 2 MB and is intended for
“operational” exchanges. The second one is set with a size of 512 KB and is intended to be
used for “dumps”.
During a PCI host access to local space, the high-order address bits of the local bus must
be generated by the PowerSpan (as defined in the PowerSpan P1_TI0_ADDR register), the
low-order address bits of the local bus come from the PCI address. This mode is called
“Address Translation” in the PowerSpan manual.
NOTE
When accessing through a PowerSpan PCI-to-local window, this window must have
been enabled in the I2C serial EEPROM, in order to allow the PCI host to detect it at
system power-on or after hot insertion of the board, and map it in the PCI space. The
corresponding PowerSpan register “PCI Target Image Control Register” must also
have been initialized with the “Image Enable” bit set (IMG_EN=1) and the address
translation mechanism enabled (TA_EN=1).
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access to the FLASH EEPROM Through PCI
When the processor is running, the PCI bus has access to all the elements connected to the
local bus, except the FLASH boot memory: the main SDRAM memory (the processor’s
SDRAM memory controller must be initialized), the QuadFALC framers, etc. (the
processor must have its chip selects programmed). Local space mapping is the same as
when accessed by the processor.
It is not possible to have access to the entire FLASH device when the processor is running,
because the FLASH device is an 8-bit data bus device connected to the 64-bit-only local
bus of the PowerSpan. Only bytes modulo 8 are reachable.
This problem has been neutralized for the other non-64-bit peripherals, by tying their
peripheral address bits 0 to N to the local address bits 3 to N+3 respectively, so that all their
registers can be accessed on byte lane 0, at consecutive modulo 8 addresses.
When the processor is in the reset state, its memory controllers and chip-select signals are
reset, so nothing can be accessed.
Access to the FLASH EEPROM Through PCI
For FLASH in-situ re-programming by the PCI host, a special FLASH mode provides
access. In this mode, the PowerQUICC II is reset and logic generates a FLASH chip-select
and overcomes the problem of an 8-bit device connected to a 64-bit-only PowerSpan.
The specific FLASH mode is enabled by one of the PowerSpan interrupt pins (–INT1) used
as an output port. When –INT1 is set to 0, the PowerQUICC II is maintained in hard reset
state (–HRESET=0), its pins are tri-stated, the 60x bus is parked for the PowerSpan, and
the following address bus remap is implemented: the device’s low order address bit A (2:0)
is driven by the PowerSpan address bit A (24:22). This remap allows full access of the
FLASH content through byte lane 0 of the 64-bit 60x bus, provided that some address
translation is done by the software.
Example 4-4. Set and Reset FLASH Mode Routine (From PCI Side)
90
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4: Accessing the 4538 on the PCI Side
Example 4-5. FLASH Read and Write Routines (From PCI Side)
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Serial EEPROM Connected to the PowerSpan
FLASH EEPROM Programming Algorithms
The boot memory is a 4Mx8 AMD 29LV033 FLASH device. To reprogram the AMD
FLASH device, special programming algorithms are defined by AMD, which combine
reads and writes with special address patterns. The algorithm descriptions can be found at
the AMD web site. You can also look or start from the source provided in the BDK (file
app\c\amdflash.c).
Serial EEPROM Connected to the PowerSpan
An I²C serial EEPROM is connected to the PowerSpan. It is used to store certain
PowerSpan register initialization values and the PCI Vital Product Data (VPD). Other
Interphase-specific data is stored there, and there is still some room for other custom data.
Table 2-1 on page 60 provides the PowerSpan Register initialization values stored in the
Serial EEPROM.
The I²C Serial EEPROM can be easily accessed from the PCI side or from the local
processor side, by using dedicated PowerSpan Register I2C_CSR.
Example 4-6 is an example of C code read and write routines.
Example 4-6. I²C Serial EEPROM Read and Write Routines (From PCI Side)
92
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4: Accessing the 4538 on the PCI Side
In Situ EPLD Programming
Glue logic is implemented in some EPLDs that can be programmed in the field using the
PCI interface.
The EPLDs are in a daisy-chain configuration, which enables all of them to be programmed
at once. They can be programmed in-situ by the PCI host, using PowerSpan interrupts as
I/O pins. A jumper must be placed on board location JP1 to enable the programming (when
present, this jumper sets the ISP signal –ISPEN to its active state 0).
These devices are initialized by Interphase and keep their programming during power off.
The normal user should not need to reprogram them.
Optimizing the PCI Bus Utilization
The PCI maximum throughput of 266 MB/s is very difficult to reach. The actual throughput
can be very disappointing if certain principles are not followed. These principles are:
Avoid the reads. Prefer the writes. Writes can be very efficient, because they are posted
in the FIFOs included in the various PCI bridges. A read needs completion of the entire data
transfer from its origin to its destination, before being considered as finished. Because of
the arbitrations on the various local busses and because of resynchronizations occurring
each time there are different bus clocks, a single read can take approximately 1 µs.
Prefer the bursts. During a burst, the duration of the transfers after the first one can be very
efficient and last only one PCI cycle. On the 4538, only the PowerSpan DMAs can generate
efficient bursts, because they do transfers to incremental addresses.
Prefer DMA transfers. For data transfers between the PCI space and the local 60x
memory, the PowerSpan DMAs are more efficient than the local processor. They can use
bursts on both the local 60x side and on the PCI side. They use FIFOs to de-couple the PCI
bandwidth and the 60x bandwidth occupancies.
Effective Ordering of the PCI Accesses
The PowerSpan includes FIFOs between the PCI bus and the 60x bus in each direction.
When a write is done by the PCI host into the local memory, the PowerSpan can
acknowledge this write as soon as there is a place in the FIFO, but the effective write into
the local memory can be delayed, due to previous writes still waiting in the FIFO, or due to
the local 60x bus being used by the processor.
If the PCI Host makes an access to a PowerSpan register, just after this write to the local
memory, the effective completion of this register access may occur before the effective
write into the local memory. This can lead to unexpected behavior.
The order in which the PCI makes successive writes and reads into the local memory may
also not be respected on the local side. Suppose that the host makes several writes followed
by one read. Because the FIFO in the write direction may take some time to get emptied on
the local side, the effective read on the local side may happen before the last write.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PCI Deadlock Situations
Example: The PCI host sets the DMA buffer descriptors into the local memory, and then
it runs the DMA (a write into a PowerSpan register). The DMA starts before the effective
completion of the buffer descriptors writes into the local 60x memory, so it loads a bad
addresses, a bad byte count, etc., and accomplishes the transfer with this bad data.
In this case, the PCI host must ensure that its latest write into the memory is effectively
finished locally, before starting the DMA.
PCI Deadlock Situations
Several deadlock situations can occur on the PCI bus. These situations will statistically
rarely occur, but they need to be treated by exception handlers, in order not to lock the
system.
94
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5Connectors and Front Panel
5
Connector Placement
E"
@‡urꢄr‡
3RZHU6SDQ
&$ꢌꢅ/ꢊꢁꢋꢃ
3ꢁ
3ꢅ
/;7
ꢌꢎꢅ
03&ꢊꢁꢋꢃ
E!
@ ꢃU ꢃE
6'5$0
6'5$0
Q#
4XDG)$/&
3(%ꢁꢁꢆꢆꢍ
E
@ ꢃU ꢃE
Figure 5-1. Connectors on the Component Side
Figure 5-2. Connectors and LEDs on the Solder Side
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Front Panel
Front Panel
E")ꢀ@‡urꢄr‡ꢀ ꢅꢃ ꢅꢅ
E#)ꢀUU`
E!)ꢀGvrꢀ
E )ꢀGvrꢀꢅ
Figure 5-3. Connectors and Leds on front panel
LED Descriptions
CPU_LED1: Board user-programmable green LED controlled by PD(15)
CPU_LED2: Board user-programmable green LED controlled by PD(14)
CPU_LED3: Board user-programmable red LED controlled by PD(18)
CPU_LED4: Board user-programmable red LED controlled by PD(17)
LED1:Synchronization signal provided by the Framer 1 for Line 0
LED2:Synchronization signal provided by the Framer 2 for Line 1
LED3: LXT971 LED driver 1
LED4: LXT971 LED driver 2
LED5: LXT971 LED driver 3
LED6: User-programmable LED, CPU_LED6 controlled by PD(16)
RJ48 Connectors J1 and J2
J1 is tied to the first framer and J2 is tied to the second framer.
96
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Table 5-1. RJ48 Connectors J1 and J2
Signal
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢈ
ꢉ
,1ꢄ
,1ꢂ
287ꢄ
287ꢂ
Ethernet 10/100 RJ45 Connector J3
Table 5-2. Ethernet 10/100 RJ45 Connector
Signal
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢈ
ꢉ
287ꢒ
287ꢀ
,1ꢒ
,1ꢀ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PMC Connectors
TTY Serial Port J4
A 2.5mm stereo jack connector provides a connection to an asynchronous serial device
such as a TTY console. Signals on this connector have EIA-232-D electrical levels (RS232)
for direct connection to a console.
Table 5-3. J4 TTY Serial Connector
Pin
Signal
Ring
Tip
Ground
TxD
Sleeve RxD
Figure 5-4. TTY connector : 2.5mm stereo jack plug
7['
*QG
5['
PMC Connectors
PMC Connectors P1 and P2
PMC connectors P1 and P2 support the 32-bit PCI bus as defined by the PMC standard.
Signal levels are classified in the “Very Low Voltage Directory” by IEC 950 safety
standard.
Table 5-4. PMC Connector P1
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢄ
ꢂ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢆ
ꢇ
*1'
6XSSO\
,17$O
2XWSXWꢁRSHQꢁGUDLQ
3&,ꢁLQWHUUXSWꢁ$ꢐꢁ,QWHUUXSWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁꢇꢊꢆꢉꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁ
+RVWꢁFRQWUROOHGꢁE\ꢁVRIWZDUHꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ3RZHU48,&&ꢁ,,ꢅ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢈ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
%8602'(ꢄO
2XWSXW
6XSSO\
%RDUGꢁ3UHVHQFHꢁ,QGLFDWLRQꢐꢁLQGLFDWHVꢁWKHꢁSUHVHQFHꢁ
DQGꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁSURWRFROꢁFDSDELOLW\ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢁLQꢁ
UHVSRQVHꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ%8602'(>ꢇꢐꢂ@OꢁVLJQDOVꢅ
ꢉ
ꢒꢊ9
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
98
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Table 5-4. PMC Connector P1 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢌ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢄ *1'
ꢄꢂ
6XSSO\
,QSXW
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢄꢆ 3&,B&/8
3&,ꢁ&ORFNꢐꢁ&ORFNꢁLQSXWꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ3&,ꢁLQWHUIDFHꢅꢁ7KHꢁ
IUHTXHQF\ꢁVKRXOGꢁEHꢁEHWZHHQꢁꢂꢊꢁ0+]ꢁDQGꢁꢆꢆꢁ0+]ꢅ
ꢄꢇ *1'
ꢄꢊ *1'
ꢄꢋ *17O
ꢄꢈ 5(4O
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
,QSXW
*URXQGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
3&,ꢁ*UDQWꢐꢁ,QSXWꢁEHFDXVHꢁDQꢁH[WHUQDOꢁDUELWHUꢁLVꢁXVHG
2XWSXW
3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ5HTXHVWꢐꢁ2XWSXWꢁEHFDXVHꢁDQꢁH[WHUQDOꢁ
DUELWHUꢁLVꢁXVHGꢅꢁ
ꢄꢉ ꢒꢊ9
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
9,2ꢁ6XSSO\ꢐꢁꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁRUꢁꢊꢅꢃꢁ9ꢅ
ꢄꢌ 9,2
ꢂꢃ 3$'ꢍꢆꢄꢎ
ꢂꢄ 3$'ꢍꢂꢉꢎ
ꢂꢂ 3$'ꢍꢂꢈꢎ
ꢂꢆ 3$'ꢍꢂꢊꢎ
ꢂꢇ *1'
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢂꢊ *1'
ꢂꢋ &%(ꢆO
ꢂꢈ 3$'ꢍꢂꢂꢎ
ꢂꢉ 3$'ꢍꢂꢄꢎ
ꢂꢌ 3$'ꢍꢄꢌꢎ
ꢆꢃ ꢒꢊ9
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ&RPPDQGꢁDQGꢁ%\WHꢁ(QDEOHꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
9,2ꢁ6XSSO\ꢐꢁꢆꢅꢆ9ꢁRUꢁꢊꢅꢃ9ꢅ
ꢆꢄ 9,2
ꢆꢂ 3$'ꢍꢄꢈꢎ
ꢆꢆ )5$0(O
ꢆꢇ *1'
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ&\FOHꢁ)UDPHꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢆꢊ *1'
ꢆꢋ ,5'<O
ꢆꢈ '(96(/O
ꢆꢉ ꢒꢊ9
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ,QLWLDWRUꢁ5HDG\ꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ'HYLFHꢁ6HOHFWꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
ꢆꢌ *1'
*URXQGꢅ
ꢇꢃ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PMC Connectors
Table 5-4. PMC Connector P1 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢇꢄ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢇꢂ
ꢇꢆ 3$5
ꢇꢇ *1'
ꢇꢊ 9,2
ꢇꢋ 3$'ꢍꢄꢊꢎ
ꢇꢈ 3$'ꢍꢄꢂꢎ
ꢇꢉ 3$'ꢍꢄꢄꢎ
ꢇꢌ 3$'ꢍꢌꢎ
ꢊꢃ ꢒꢊ9
ꢊꢄ *1'
ꢊꢂ &%(ꢃO
ꢊꢆ 3$'ꢍꢋꢎ
ꢊꢇ 3$'ꢍꢊꢎ
ꢊꢊ 3$'ꢍꢇꢎ
ꢊꢋ *1'
ꢊꢈ 9,2
ꢊꢉ 3$'ꢍꢆꢎ
ꢊꢌ 3$'ꢍꢂꢎ
ꢋꢃ 3$'ꢍꢄꢎ
ꢋꢄ 3$'ꢍꢃꢎ
ꢋꢂ ꢒꢊ9
ꢋꢆ *1'
ꢋꢇ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ3DULW\ꢅꢁ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
9,2ꢁ6XSSO\ꢐꢁꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁRUꢁꢊꢅꢃꢁ9ꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ&RPPDQGꢁDQGꢁ%\WHꢁ(QDEOHꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
9,2ꢁ6XSSO\ꢐꢁꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁRUꢁꢊꢅꢃꢁ9ꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢊꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢁQRWꢁXVHGꢁRQꢁWKLVꢁERDUGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
Table 5-5. PMC Connector P2
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHG
ꢇ
3&,7'2
2XWSXW
-7$*ꢁ7HVWꢁ2XWSXWꢐꢁ%HFDXVHꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢁGRHVꢁQRWꢁ
VXSSRUWꢁWKHꢁ,(((ꢁ6WDQGDUGꢁꢄꢄꢇꢌꢅꢄꢁLQWHUIDFHꢑꢁ
3&,7'2ꢁDQGꢁ3&,7',ꢁSLQVꢁDUHꢁKDUGZLUHGꢅ
100
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Table 5-5. PMC Connector P2 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢊ
3&,7',
,QSXW
-7$*ꢁ7HVWꢁ,QSXWꢐꢁ%HFDXVHꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢁGRHVꢁQRWꢁ
VXSSRUWꢁWKHꢁ,(((ꢁ6WDQGDUGꢁꢄꢄꢇꢌꢅꢄꢁLQWHUIDFHꢑꢁ
3&,7'2ꢁDQGꢁ3&,7',ꢁSLQVꢁDUHꢁKDUGZLUHGꢅ
ꢋ
ꢈ
*1'
*1'
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢉ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢌ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢄ %8602'(ꢂO
,QSXW
%8602'(ꢂOꢁ6LJQDOꢐꢁXVHGꢁZLWKꢁ%8602'(ꢆOꢁDQGꢁ
%8602'(ꢇOꢁWRꢁGHWHUPLQHꢁWKHꢁSUHVHQFHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ
SURWRFROꢁFDSDELOLW\ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢅꢁ7KHꢁUHVXOWꢁLVꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ%8602'(ꢄOꢅ
ꢄꢂ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
6XSSO\
,QSXW
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
3&,ꢁ5HVHWꢅ
ꢄꢆ 3&,B567O
ꢄꢇ %8602'(ꢆO
,QSXW
%8602'(ꢆOꢁ6LJQDOꢐꢁXVHGꢁZLWKꢁ%8602'(ꢂOꢁDQGꢁ
%8602'(ꢇOꢁWRꢁGHWHUPLQHꢁWKHꢁSUHVHQFHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ
SURWRFROꢁFDSDELOLW\ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢅꢁ7KHꢁUHVXOWꢁLVꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ%8602'(ꢄOꢅ
ꢄꢊ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
6XSSO\
,QSXW
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
ꢄꢋ %8602'(ꢇO
%8602'(ꢇOꢁ6LJQDOꢐꢁXVHGꢁZLWKꢁ%8602'(ꢂOꢁDQGꢁ
%8602'(ꢆOꢁWRꢁGHWHUPLQHꢁWKHꢁSUHVHQFHꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ
SURWRFROꢁFDSDELOLW\ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁERDUGꢅꢁ7KHꢁUHVXOWꢁLVꢁRXWSXWꢁ
RQꢁ%8602'(ꢄOꢅ
ꢄꢈ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢄꢉ *1'
6XSSO\
ꢄꢌ 3$'ꢍꢆꢃꢎ
ꢂꢃ 3$'ꢍꢂꢌꢎ
ꢂꢄ *1'
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
ꢂꢂ 3$'ꢍꢂꢋꢎ
ꢂꢆ 3$'ꢍꢂꢇꢎ
ꢂꢇ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢂꢊ ,'6(/
ꢂꢋ 3$'ꢍꢂꢆꢎ
ꢂꢈ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢂꢉ 3$'ꢍꢂꢃꢎ
ꢂꢌ 3$'ꢍꢄꢉꢎ
ꢆꢃ *1'
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
,QSXW
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
3&,ꢁ,QLWLDOL]DWLRQꢁ'HYLFHꢁ6HOHFWꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\ ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PMC Connectors
Table 5-5. PMC Connector P2 (cont)
Pin Type Description
No. Pin Name
ꢆꢄ 3$'ꢍꢄꢋꢎ
ꢆꢂ &%(ꢂO
ꢆꢆ *1'
ꢆꢇ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ&RPPDQGꢁDQGꢁ%\WHꢁ(QDEOHꢅ
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢆꢊ 75'<O
ꢆꢋ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢆꢈ *1'
ꢆꢉ 6723O
ꢆꢌ 3(55O
ꢇꢃ *1'
ꢇꢄ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢇꢂ 6(55O
ꢇꢆ &%(ꢄO
ꢇꢇ *1'
ꢇꢊ 3$'ꢍꢄꢇꢎ
ꢇꢋ 3$'ꢍꢄꢆꢎ
ꢇꢈ *1'
ꢇꢉ 3$'ꢍꢄꢃꢎ
ꢇꢌ 3$'ꢍꢉꢎ
ꢊꢃ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢊꢄ 3$'ꢍꢈꢎ
ꢊꢂ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ7DUJHWꢁ5HDG\ꢅ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ6WRSꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ3DULW\ꢁ(UURUꢅ
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
6XSSO\
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
3&,ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ(UURUꢅ
2XWSXWꢁRSHQꢁGUDLQ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ%XVꢁ&RPPDQGꢁDQGꢁ%\WHꢁ(QDEOHꢅ
6XSSO\ *URXQGꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
*URXQGꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
6XSSO\
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
7ULVWDWHꢁELGLUHFWLRQDO 3&,ꢁ$GGUHVVꢏ'DWDꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢊꢆ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢊꢇ
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢊꢊ
ꢊꢋ *1'
ꢊꢈ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢊꢉ
ꢊꢌ *1'
ꢋꢃ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9ꢁ6XSSO\ꢅ
*URXQGꢅ
ꢋꢄ
ꢋꢂ ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢋꢆ *1'
6XSSO\
6XSSO\
102
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Table 5-5. PMC Connector P2 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢋꢇ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
PMC Connector P4
PMC connector P4 supports the four E1/T1 lines and two TDM busses with clocks and
synchronization signals. The framers 1, 2, 3 and 4 are respectively tied to the lines 0, 1, 2
and 3. Signal levels are classified in the “Very Low Voltage Directory” by IEC 950 safety
standard.
Table 5-6. PMC Connector P4
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢄ
'2+ꢃ
,QSXW
'DWDꢁIURPꢁ([WHUQDOꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁꢃꢐꢁLQꢁJ6ZLWFKHGꢁ
ꢄꢃꢁ8ꢁ3XOOꢁXSꢁWRꢁ 0RGHJꢑꢁꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁWUDQVPLWꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁ3ꢇꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9 4XDG)$/&ꢁWUDQVPLWWHUVꢅ
ꢂ
',+ꢃ
7ULVWDWHꢁ2XWSXW 'DWDꢁWRꢁ([WHUQDOꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁꢃꢐꢁLQꢁJ6ZLWFKHGꢁ0RGHJꢑꢁ
ꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁUHFHLYHGꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁDQGꢁ
VHQWꢁRQꢁ3ꢇꢅꢁ7KLVꢁRXWSXWꢁLVꢁHQDEOHGꢁRQO\ꢁLQꢁJVZLWFKHGꢁ
PRGHJꢅ
ꢆ
ꢇ
'2+ꢄ
',+ꢄ
,QSXW
ꢄꢃꢁ8ꢁ3XOOꢁXSꢁWRꢁ 0RGHJꢑꢁꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁ3ꢇꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ03&ꢉꢂꢋꢃꢁ
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9 7'0DꢄꢁEXVꢅ
'DWDꢁIURPꢁ([WHUQDOꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁꢄꢐꢁLQꢁJ6ZLWFKHGꢁ
7ULVWDWHꢁ2XWSXW 'DWDꢁWRꢁ([WHUQDOꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁꢄꢐꢁLQꢁJ6ZLWFKHGꢁ0RGHJꢑꢁ
ꢉꢅꢄꢌꢂꢁ0EꢏVꢁGDWDꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ03&ꢉꢂꢋꢃꢁ7'0DꢄꢁEXVꢁ
VHQWꢁRQꢁ3ꢇꢅꢁ7KLVꢁRXWSXWꢁLVꢁHQDEOHGꢁRQO\ꢁLQꢁJVZLWFKHGꢁ
PRGHJꢅ
ꢊ
)6
2+
,QSXW
([WHUQDOꢁꢉꢁ8+]ꢁIUDPHꢁV\QFKURQL]DWLRQꢁSXOVHꢐꢁ
ꢄꢃꢁ8ꢁ3XOOꢁGRZQ SURYLGHGꢁE\ꢁ3ꢇꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ03&ꢉꢂꢋꢃꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ
4XDG)$/&ꢁLQꢁJVZLWFKHGꢁPRGHJꢅꢁ)62+ꢁFDQꢁDOVRꢁEHꢁ
XVHGꢁDVꢁDꢁUHIHUHQFHꢁFORFNꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁ6<1&ꢁ
LQSXWꢅ
ꢋ
ꢈ
ꢉ
)6,+
7ULVWDWHꢁ2XWSXW ꢉꢁ8+]ꢁSXOVHꢐꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁDQGꢁ
RXWSXWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁPRWKHUERDUGꢅꢁ7KLVꢁRXWSXWꢁLVꢁHQDEOHGꢁ
RQO\ꢁLQꢁJVZLWFKHGꢁPRGHJꢅ
&82+
&8,+
,QSXW
([WHUQDOꢁ7'0ꢁEXVꢁFORFNꢐꢁSURYLGHGꢁE\ꢁ3ꢇꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
ꢄꢃꢁ8ꢁ3XOOꢁXSꢁWRꢁ 03&ꢉꢂꢋꢃꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢅꢁ
ꢒꢆꢅꢆꢁ9
7ULVWDWHꢁ2XWSXW ,QWHUQDOꢁFORFNꢐꢁJHQHUDWHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ4XDG)$/&ꢁDQGꢁ
RXWSXWꢁRQꢁ3ꢇꢅꢁ7KLVꢁRXWSXWꢁLVꢁHQDEOHGꢁRQO\ꢁLQꢁ
JVZLWFKHGꢁPRGHJꢅ
ꢌ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢄꢃ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PMC Connectors
Table 5-6. PMC Connector P4 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢄꢄ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢆ
ꢄꢇ
ꢄꢊ
ꢄꢋ
ꢄꢈ
ꢄꢉ
ꢄꢌ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢆ
ꢂꢇ
ꢂꢊ
ꢂꢋ
ꢂꢈ
ꢂꢉ
ꢂꢌ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢆ 5,1ꢄBꢃ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW
/LQHꢁꢃꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢄꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
ꢆꢇ 5287ꢄBꢃ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢃꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢄꢅꢁ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢃꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢂꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢃꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢂꢅ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢄꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢄꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢄꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢄꢅꢁ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢄꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢂꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
ꢆꢊ 5,1ꢂBꢃ
ꢆꢋ 5287ꢂBꢃ
ꢆꢈ 5,1ꢄBꢄ
ꢆꢉ 5287ꢄBꢄ
ꢆꢌ 5,1ꢂBꢄ
ꢇꢃ 5287ꢂBꢄ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢄꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢂꢅ
104
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Table 5-6. PMC Connector P4 (cont)
No. Pin Name
Pin Type
Description
ꢇꢄ 5,1ꢄBꢂ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW
/LQHꢁꢂꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢄꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
ꢇꢂ 5287ꢄBꢂ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢂꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢄꢅꢁ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢂꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢂꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢂꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢂꢅ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢆꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢄꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢆꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢄꢅꢁ
$QDORJꢁ,QSXW /LQHꢁꢆꢁ$QDORJꢁ,QSXWꢁꢂꢐꢁ7KHꢁUHFHLYHꢁOLQHꢁSUHVHQWVꢁDꢁ
W\SLFDOꢁꢄꢃꢃꢁW LPSHGDQFHꢅ
ꢇꢆ 5,1ꢂBꢂ
ꢇꢇ 5287ꢂBꢂ
ꢇꢊ 5,1ꢄBꢆ
ꢇꢋ 5287ꢄBꢆ
ꢇꢈ 5,1ꢂBꢆ
ꢇꢉ 5287ꢂBꢆ
$QDORJꢁ2XWSXW /LQHꢁꢆꢁ$QDORJꢁ2XWSXWꢁꢂꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
ꢇꢌ
ꢊꢃ
ꢊꢄ
ꢊꢂ
ꢊꢆ
ꢊꢇ
ꢊꢊ
ꢊꢋ
ꢊꢈ
ꢊꢉ
ꢊꢌ
ꢋꢃ
ꢋꢄ
ꢋꢂ
ꢋꢆ
ꢋꢇ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
1RWꢁFRQQHFWHGꢅ
Debug Port J5
On the 4538, a 2x8-pin connector can be implemented to provide access to the BDM
(Background Debug Mode) bus: the PowerQUICC II debug bus. Signals on this connector
have 3.3V TTL electrical levels.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ISP Enable Jumper JP1
Table 5-7. J5 Debug Port
Pin
Signal
Signal
Pin
1
3
TDO
TDI
10 kW Pull-up to +3.3 V
TRST_N
2
4
5
QREQ_N
+3.3V through a 1 kW resistor
6
7
TCK
8
9
TMS
10
12
14
16
11
13
15
SRESET_N
HRESET_N
10 kW Pull-up to +3.3 V
GND
GND
WARNING
J5 Debug Connector is not compliant to PMC component height specification. It
should be removed to insert the 4538 and its carrier into a CompactPCI chassis.
ISP Enable Jumper JP1
The 4538 includes a location for a jumper at JP1. This location is used during production
to enable the programming of the card’s EPLD programmable devices “in-situ”. This
location should never be used by the normal user.
Blank Card Jumper JP2
Location for a jumper at JP2 is needed for production when the PowerSPAN serial
EEPROM is not yet programmed, in order to prevent the card from locking the system. This
location should never be populated with a jumper by the normal user.
106
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
Connector Summary
Figure 5-5. 4538 Connectors
Connector
Usage
ꢆꢂꢀELWꢁ3&,ꢁEXV
3ꢄꢑꢁ3ꢂ
3ꢇ
7HOHFRPꢁ&RQQHFWRU
-ꢄ
7ꢄꢏ(ꢄꢏ-ꢄꢁOLQHꢁꢃꢁꢍIURQWꢁSDQHOꢎ
7ꢄꢏ(ꢄꢏ-ꢄꢁOLQHꢁꢄꢁꢍIURQWꢁSDQHOꢎ
(WKHUQHWꢁꢄꢃꢏꢄꢃꢃꢁꢍIURQWꢁSDQHOꢎ
56ꢂꢆꢂꢁ77<ꢁꢍIURQWꢁSDQHOꢎ
-7$*ꢏGHEXJꢁSRUW
-ꢂ
-ꢆ
-ꢇ
-ꢊ
-3ꢄ
-3ꢂ
,63ꢁSURJUDPPLQJ
%ODQNꢁFDUGꢁERRWꢁHQDEOH
Carrier Card Specification
CompactPCI Carrier Card
Interphase has defined a combination of cards to allow 4538 rear access configurations in
CompactPCI chassis. The combination comprises a 4538 "rear access", a CPCI carrier card
and an Interphase 6435 Rear Transition Module. The CPCI carrier card must be a Motorola
CPV8540 or Motorola MCPN750 or a CPCI card conforming to the routing requirements
connector compatibility.
NOTES
ꢀꢀ The Motorola cards will not allow the “Switched Mode” capability.
ꢀꢀ Contact Interphase for additional information on Switched Mode compatibility
Table 5-8. CompactPCI J3 Pin-Out
ROW A
ROW B
ROW C
ROW D
ROW E
ꢄꢇ
ꢄꢆ
ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢒꢆꢅꢆ9
ꢒꢊ9
ꢒꢊ9
ꢄꢇ
ꢄꢆ
30&ꢄ,2ꢊ
30&ꢄ,2ꢇ
30&ꢄ,2ꢆ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Carrier Card Specification
Table 5-8. CompactPCI J3 Pin-Out (cont)
ROW A
ROW B
ROW C
ROW D
ROW E
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢌ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄꢃ
30&ꢄ,2ꢌ
30&ꢁ,2ꢂ
30&ꢄ,2ꢈ
30&ꢁ,2ꢃ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢌ
30&ꢁ,2ꢁꢄ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢃ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢊ
30&ꢄ,2ꢆꢃ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢆ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢃ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢆ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢇ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢄ
30&ꢄ,2ꢋꢃ
9ꢍ,ꢏ2ꢎ
30&ꢁ,2ꢁꢅ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄꢌ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢇ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢌ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢍ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢌ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢍ
30&ꢁ,2ꢅꢈ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢅ
30&ꢄ,2ꢊꢌ
30&ꢄ,2ꢋꢇ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄꢆ
30&ꢁ,2ꢁꢂ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢆ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢉ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢏ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢊ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢏ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢊ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢉ
30&ꢄ,2ꢊꢉ
30&ꢄ,2ꢋꢆ
30&ꢁ,2ꢁꢆ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄꢈ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢂ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢈ
30&ꢄ,2ꢆꢂ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢎ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢁ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢎ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢆ
30&ꢄ,2ꢊꢈ
30&ꢄ,2ꢋꢂ
30&ꢄ,2ꢄꢄ
30&ꢁ,2ꢁꢃ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢄ
30&ꢄ,2ꢂꢋ
30&ꢄ,2ꢆꢄ
30&ꢅ,2ꢏꢋ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢅ
30&ꢅ,2ꢍꢋ
30&ꢁ,2ꢄꢁ
30&ꢄ,2ꢊꢋ
30&ꢄ,2ꢋꢄ
ꢉ
ꢉ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢋ
ꢋ
ꢊ
ꢊ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢄ
J3 Columns 15 to 19 are unused.
Table 5-9. CompactPCI J5 Pin-Out
ROW A
ROW B
ROW C
ROW D
ROW E
ꢄꢆ
30&ꢂ,2ꢊꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢃ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢊ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢃ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢊ
30&ꢂ,2ꢆꢃ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢆ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢃ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢆ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢇ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢃ
7035617
30&ꢂ,2ꢇꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢌ
30&ꢂ,2ꢆꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢉꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢆ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢉ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢆ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢉ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢏ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢊ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢏ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢊ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢉ
30&ꢂ,2ꢊꢉ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢆ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢈꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢂ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢈ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢂ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢈ
30&ꢂ,2ꢆꢂ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢎ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢁ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢎ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢆ
30&ꢂ,2ꢊꢈ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢂ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢇꢀꢐꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢋ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢄ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢋ
30&ꢂ,2ꢆꢄ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢋ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢅ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢋ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢁ
30&ꢂ,2ꢊꢋ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢄ
ꢄꢆ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢌ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢌ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢇ
30&ꢂ,2ꢄꢌ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢇ
30&ꢂ,2ꢂꢌ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢍ
30&ꢁ,2ꢏꢌ
30&ꢁ,2ꢍꢍ
30&ꢆ,2ꢅꢈ
30&ꢆ,2ꢄꢅ
30&ꢂ,2ꢊꢌ
30&ꢂ,2ꢋꢇ
ꢉ
ꢉ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢋ
ꢋ
ꢊ
ꢊ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢄ
J5 Columns 14 to 19 are unused.
108
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
connector (used on 6435 RTM).
carrier card. They should be routed to the corresponding PMC connector.
(No connection on the 6435 RTM). If switch mode is not supported by the carrier card, they
should be routed to the corresponding PMC connector.
J5 A1 pin: TMRSNT: 6435 includes a 100 Ohm pull-up to 3.3 V (may be used by the carrier
card to detect 6435 presence).
compatibility.
Custom Carrier Card
Customers who want to implement a 4538 "rear access" on configurations other than those
described above will need to design their own line interfaces. For these customers,
Interphase can provide additional information, such as schematics and a bill of material for
these line interfaces.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5: Connectors and Front Panel
NOTE
PMC site 1 (J14) corresponds to lines 5 to 8, PMC site 2 (J24) corresponds to line 1
to 4
The 6435 RTM is a fully passive module having the same features as the Front Panel
It includes eight T1/E1/J1 line interfaces with all the line safety protections. It does not
include any loopback relays or line LEDs.
On the rear panel there is one unshielded 8-pin modular jack connector for each T1/E1/J1
line. The pin-out of the modular connectors follows the RJ48C definition as described in
FCC part 68, and ISO /IEC 10173.
ꢈ
Table 5-10. T1/E1/J1 RJ48 Connector
Signal
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢆ
ꢇ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢈ
ꢉ
,1ꢄ
,1ꢂ
287ꢄ
287ꢂ
WARNING
The 6435 RTM panel includes a green (power) LED, which indicates, when on, that
removal of the board is NOT permitted.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6435 Rear Transition Module
112
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AMechanical Information
A
PMC Card Dimensions
ꢅꢇꢆꢉꢁꢌ++ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢆꢃ
ꢅꢅꢃꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢁꢉꢌꢃ++ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢃ
'LDPHWHU+ꢁꢉꢎꢃ+ꢊꢄꢋꢃꢉꢅꢃ
+ROHV+ꢏꢇ+3/ꢐ
1HHS+RXW
,ꢄ2+DUHD
'LDPHWHU+ꢁꢉꢎꢃ+ꢊꢄꢋꢃꢉꢅꢃ
+ROH+IRU+ꢌ9+1H\
ꢆꢅꢉꢃꢃ++
&
/
'LDPHWHU+ꢁꢉꢎꢃ+ꢊꢄꢋꢃꢉꢅꢃ
+ROH+IRU+ꢆꢈꢆ9+1H\
&
&
/
/
5+ꢆꢉꢃꢃ+W\S
ꢎꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢇꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢁꢆꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢁꢉꢍꢃ++ꢊꢃ+ꢋꢃꢉꢁꢃ
ꢅꢆꢃꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢇꢅꢉꢃꢃ++ꢊꢃ+ꢋꢃꢉꢁꢌ
ꢅꢇꢍꢉꢃꢃ++ꢊꢃ+ꢋꢃꢉꢌꢃ
ꢅꢃꢉꢃꢃ++ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢃ
ꢇꢉꢌꢃ++
ꢅꢁꢉꢍꢃ++ꢊꢃ+ꢋꢃꢉꢁꢃ
ꢇꢉꢎꢃ++
1HHS+RXW
,ꢄ2+DUHD
ꢉꢍꢌ++ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢃ
0ꢁꢈꢌ+7+5($'+;+ꢌꢈꢃ+'((3+0,1
ꢅꢃꢉꢃꢃ++ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢃ
1RWHꢑ
(,$+(ꢎꢃꢃ+$$$%
ꢂꢇꢋSLQV+3OXJV
ꢅꢈ+$OO+'LPHQVLRQV+LQ+PPꢈ
ꢁꢈ+'HIDXOW+7HOHUDQFHV+DUH+ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢌPP
ꢆꢈ+&RQIRUPV+WR+,(((+3ꢅꢆꢀꢂ
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Carrier Card Dimension Requirements
Carrier Card Dimension Requirements
ꢂ+PP+GLDPHWHU+FRPSRQHQW
1HHSRXW+DUHD+DURXQG
VWDQGRIIV+DQG+1H\+SRVLWLRQV
)URQW
3DQHO
2SHQLQJ
ꢃꢈꢌ+[+ꢃꢈꢌ+&KDPIHU
DOO+DURXQG
ꢅꢃꢍꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢁꢉꢃꢃ++
'LDPHWHU+ꢁꢉꢎꢃ+ꢊꢄꢋꢃꢉꢅꢃ
+ROHV+ꢏꢂ+3/ꢐ
1HHS+RXW
,ꢄ2+DUHD
1H\+3RVLWLRQ
IRU+ꢆꢈꢆ9
&
/
1H\+3RVLWLRQ
5HVWULFWHG
&RPSRQHQW
IRU+ꢌ9
$UHD
&
&
/
/
ꢎꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢇꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢁꢆꢉꢃꢃ++
+RVW+)URQW+3DQHO
ꢅꢆꢉꢁꢃ++
ꢅꢆꢃꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢇꢁꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢅꢌꢃꢉꢃꢃ++
(,$+(ꢎꢃꢃ+$$$%
$UHD+IRU+30&+0RGXOH
ꢅꢆꢉꢆꢃ++
ꢅꢆꢉꢁꢃ++ꢊꢃꢉꢅꢌ+ꢋꢃ
UHFHSWDFOHV
+RVW+)URQW+3DQHO
ꢅꢆꢉꢌꢃ++
1HHS+RXW
,ꢄ2+DUHD
ꢅꢉꢅꢃ++
ꢆꢆꢉꢃꢃ++
ꢎꢉꢃꢃ++PD[
ꢌꢉꢌꢃ++PD[
ꢇꢉꢎꢃ++
ꢌꢉꢆꢃ++
1H\LQJ+SLQ
+RVW+3&%
ꢃꢈꢌ+[+ꢃꢈꢌ+&KDPIHU
DOO+DURXQG
1RWHꢑ
ꢅꢈ+$OO+'LPHQVLRQV+LQ+PPꢈ
ꢁꢈ+'HIDXOW+7HOHUDQFHV+DUH+ꢊꢄꢋ+ꢃꢉꢅꢌPP
ꢆꢈ+&RQIRUPV+WR+,(((+3ꢅꢆꢀꢂ
114
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Bibliography
Industry Standards
EIA-232-D: Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating
Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange
(OHFWURQLF+,QGXVWULHV+$OOLDQFH
ꢁꢌꢃꢃ+:LOVRQ+%RXOHYDUG
$UOLQJWRQꢉ+9$+ꢁꢁꢁꢃꢅꢋꢆꢀꢆꢇ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢎꢃꢆꢐ+ꢍꢃꢎꢋꢎꢌꢃꢃ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈHLDꢈRUJ
ECTF H.110 Hardware Compatibility Specification: CT Bus, Revision 1.0
(QWHUSULVH+&RPSXWHU+7HOHSKRQ\+)RUXP
ꢆꢍꢆꢌꢌ+&DOLIRUQLD+6WUHHWꢉ+6XLWH+ꢆꢃꢎ
)UHPRQW+&$+ꢍꢇꢌꢆꢀ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢌꢅꢃꢐ+ꢂꢃꢀꢋꢌꢍꢅꢌ
)D[ꢑ+ꢏꢌꢅꢃꢐ+ꢂꢃꢀꢋꢌꢍꢅꢎ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈHFWIꢈRUJ
IEEE Std 802.3, 2000, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control
(MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units, and Repeater for 100 Mb/s Operation, Type
100BASE-T,
,QVWLWXWH+RI+(OHFWULFDO+DQG+(OHFWURQLFV+(QJLQHHUVꢉ+,QFꢈꢉ
ꢇꢇꢌ++RHV+/DQHꢉ+32+%R[+ꢅꢆꢆꢅ
3LVFDWDZD\ꢉ+1-+ꢃꢀꢀꢌꢌꢋꢅꢆꢆꢅ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢎꢆꢁꢐ+ꢍꢀꢅꢋꢃꢃꢂꢃ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈLHHHꢈFRP
PCI-SIG Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.2
3&,+6SHFLDO+,QWHUHVW+*URXS
ꢌꢁꢃꢃ+1ꢈ(ꢈ+(ODP+<RXQJ+3DUNZD\ꢉ
+LOOVERURꢉ+25+ꢍꢎꢅꢁꢇꢋꢂꢇꢍꢎ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋꢇꢆꢆꢋꢌꢅꢎꢎ+RU+ꢏꢌꢃꢆꢐ+ꢂꢍꢆꢋꢂꢁꢆꢁ
)$;ꢑ+ꢏꢌꢃꢆꢐ+ꢂꢍꢆꢋꢀꢆꢇꢇ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈSFLVLJꢈFRP
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PICMG 2.0 CompactPCI Specification
PICMG 2.5 CompactPCI Computer Telephony Specification
PICMG 2.1 CompactPCI Hot Swap Specification
3&,+,QGXVWULDO+&RPSXWHU+0DQXIDFWXUHUV+*URXS
ꢇꢃꢅ+(GJHZDWHU+3ODFHꢉ+6XLWH+ꢌꢃꢃ
:DNHILHOGꢉ+0$+ꢃꢅꢀꢀꢃ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢎꢀꢅꢐ+ꢁꢇꢂꢋꢍꢆꢅꢀ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄZZZꢈSLFPJꢈRUJ
PowerPC TM Microprocessor Common Hardware Reference Platform:
6\VWHP+$UFKLWHFWXUH+ꢏ&+53ꢐꢉ+9HUVLRQ+ꢅꢈꢃ
/LWHUDWXUH+'LVWULEXWLRQ+&HQWHU+IRU+0RWRUROD
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋꢇꢇꢅꢋꢁꢇꢇꢎ
)$;ꢑ+ꢏꢂꢃꢁꢐ+ꢍꢍꢇꢋꢂꢇꢆꢃ+RU+ꢏꢆꢃꢆꢐ+ꢂꢎꢌꢋꢁꢅꢌꢃ
(ꢋPDLOꢑ+OGFIRUPRWRUROD#KLEEHUWFRꢈFRP
3XEOLFDWLRQ+UHIHUHQFHꢑ+7%ꢆꢆꢀꢄ'
RU
,%0
ꢅꢌꢀꢃ+5RXWH+ꢌꢁꢉ+%OGJꢈ+ꢌꢃꢇ
+RSHZHOO+-XQFWLRQꢉ+1<+ꢅꢁꢌꢆꢆꢋꢂꢌꢆꢅ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋ3RZHU3&
3XEOLFDWLRQ+UHIHUHQFHꢑ+0353ꢋ&+53ꢋꢃꢅ
RU
0RUJDQ+1DXIPDQQ+3XEOLVKHUVꢉ+,QFꢈ
ꢆꢇꢃ+3LQH+6WUHHWꢉ+6L[WK+)ORRU
6DQ+)UDQFLVFRꢉ+&$+ꢍꢇꢅꢃꢇꢋꢆꢁꢃꢌꢉ+86$
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢇꢅꢌꢐ+ꢆꢍꢁꢋꢁꢂꢂꢌ+++++++)$;ꢑ+ꢏꢇꢅꢌꢐ+ꢍꢀꢁꢋꢁꢂꢂꢌ
3XEOLFDWLRQ+UHIHUHQFHꢑ+,6%1+ꢅꢋꢌꢌꢀꢂꢃꢋꢆꢍꢇꢋꢀ
PowerPC Reference Platform (PRP) Specification,
7KLUG+(GLWLRQꢉ+9HUVLRQ+ꢅꢈꢃꢉ+9ROXPHV+,+DQG+,,
,QWHUQDWLRQDO+%XVLQHVV+0DFKLQHV+&RUSRUDWLRQ
3RZHU+3HUVRQDO+6\VWHPV+$UFKLWHFWXUH
ꢅꢅꢇꢃꢃ+%XUQHW+5Gꢈ
$XVWLQꢉ+7;+ꢎꢀꢎꢌꢀꢋꢆꢇꢍꢆ
'RFXPHQWꢄ6SHFLILFDWLRQ+2UGHULQJ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋ3RZHU3&+RU+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋꢎꢂꢍꢋꢆꢎꢎꢁ+RU+ꢏꢎꢃꢀꢐ+ꢁꢍꢂꢋꢍꢆꢆꢁ
3XEOLFDWLRQ+UHIHUHQFHꢑ+035ꢋ33&ꢋ538ꢋꢃꢁ
Telecommunication Standards
ANSI T1.403-1995: Network-to-customer Installation - DS1 Metallic interface
ANSI T1.107-1995: Digital Hierarchy - Formats Specifications.
ANSI T1.102-1993: Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interfaces.
ANSI T1.627-1993: Broadband ISDN - ATM Layer Functionality and Specification.
116
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ANSI T1.107-1995: Digital Hierarchy - Formats Specifications.
ANSI T1.646-1995: Broadband ISDN - Physical Layer Specification for User-Network Interfaces Including
DS1/ATM.
$PHULFDQ+1DWLRQDO+6WDQGDUG+IRU+7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV
$16,+$PHULFDQ+1DWLRQDO+6WDQGDUG+,QVWLWXWH
ꢅꢅ+:HVW+ꢇꢁQG+6WUHHW
1HZ+<RUNꢉ+1HZ+<RUN+ꢅꢃꢃꢆꢂ
7ꢅ+FRPPLWWHH+:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈWꢅꢈRUJ
ATM Forum - ATM User-Network Interface Specification, V3.1, October, 1995.
ATM Forum - UTOPIA, An ATM PHY Interface Specification, Level 2, Version 1 June, 1995.
$70+IRUXP
ꢁꢌꢎꢃ+:HVW+(O+&DPLQR+5HDOꢉ+6XLWH+ꢆꢃꢇ+
0RXQWDLQ+9LHZꢉ+&$+ꢍꢇꢃꢇꢃꢋꢅꢆꢅꢆ+
7HOHSKRQH+ꢏꢂꢌꢃꢐ+ꢍꢇꢍꢋꢂꢎꢃꢃ
)D[ꢑ+ꢏꢂꢌꢃꢐ+ꢍꢇꢍꢋꢂꢎꢃꢌ+
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈDWPIRUXPꢈFRP
AT&T TR54016: Requirements for Interfacing Digital Terminal Equipment to Services Employing the
Extended Superframe Format, Sept 89
AT&T TR62411: ACCUNET® T1.5 Service Description and Interface Specification, Dec. 90
$7F7+&XVWRPHU+,QIRUPDWLRQ+&HQWHU+RZDUG+3UHVV
ꢅꢃꢁꢂ+:HVW+(OL]DEHWK+$YHQXH
/LQGHQꢉ+1-+ꢃꢎꢃꢆꢂ
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢏꢀꢀꢀꢐ+ꢆꢀꢎꢋꢀꢀꢌꢁ+ꢏ86+RUGHUꢐꢉ+ꢏꢍꢃꢀꢐ+ꢌꢁꢆꢋꢁꢁꢌꢎ+ꢏLQWHUQDWLRQDO+RUGHUꢐ
)D[ꢑ+ꢏꢍꢃꢀꢐꢋꢀꢂꢁꢋꢂꢎꢁꢁ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈDWWꢈFRPꢄFSHWHVWLQJꢄWUVꢈKWPO
Bell Communications Research, TA-TSY-000773 - “Local Access System Generic Requirements, Objec-
tives, and Interface in Support of Switched Multi-megabit Data Service” Issue 2, March 1990 and Supplement
1, December 1990.
7HOFRUGLD
0RUULV+&RUSRUDWH+&HQWHU
WHO+ꢑ+ꢏꢍꢎꢆꢐ+ꢀꢁꢍꢋꢁꢃꢃꢃ
0RUULVWRZQꢉ+1-
:HE+ꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈWHOFRUGLDꢈFRP
ETSI TBR 012 Ed1 (1993-12) Business Telecommunications (BT); Open Network Provision (ONP) techni-
cal requirements; 2 048 kbit/s digital unstructured leased line (D2048U) Attachment requirements for termi-
nal equipment interface.
ETSI TBR 013 (1996-01) Business TeleCommunications (BTC); 2 048 kbit/s digital structured leased lines
(D2048S); Attachment requirements for terminal equipment interface.
ETSI ETS 300 269 Draft Standard T/NA(91)17 - Metropolitan Area Network Physical Layer Convergence
Procedure for 2.048 Mbit/s”, April 1994.
ETSI ETS 300 011 - Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Primary rate user-network interface Layer
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 specification and test principles.
ETSI ETS 300 166 - Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Physical and electrical characteristics of hierar-
chical digital interfaces for equipment using the 2 048 kbit/s - based plesiochronous or synchronous digital
hierarchies.
ETSI ETS 300 233 - Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); Access digital section for ISDN primary
rate.
(XURSHDQ+7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+6WDQGDUGV+,QVWLWXWH+ꢏ(76,ꢐ
6RSKLD+$QWLSROLV
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈHWVLꢈRUJꢄ
ITU-T G.703 - Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces, 1991 (includes
2.048Mbps E1 and 1.56Mbps T1 definitions)
ITU-T G.704 - Terminal Equipment Synchronous Frame Structures Used At 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and 44
736 kbit/s Hierarchical Levels”, July, 1995.
ITU-T I.431 - Primary rate user-network interface - Layer 1 specification, 1993
ITU-T I.432 - B-ISDN User-Network Interface - Physical Layer Specification, 1993
ITU-T G.804 - ATM Cell Mapping into Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH), 1993.
ITU-T G.832 - Transport of SDH Elements on PDH Networks: Frame and Multiplexing Structures", 1993.
ITU-T Q.921 - ISDN User-Network Interface - Data Link Layer Specification, March, 1993.
Other ITU-T references: G.705, G.706, G.732, G.735, G.736, G.737, G.738, G.739, G.751, G775, G.823,
G.824, O.151
,QWHUQDWLRQDO+7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+8QLRQ+ꢏ,78ꢐ
3ODFH+GHV+1DWLRQV
&+ꢋꢅꢁꢅꢅ+*HQHYD+ꢁꢃ
6ZLW]HUODQG
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢊꢇꢅꢋꢁꢁꢋꢎꢆꢃꢋꢌꢅꢅꢅ
:HEꢑ+KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈLWXꢈLQWꢄ,78ꢋ7
Japanese references: JT- G.703, JT G.704, JT G.706
Manufacturers’ Documents
PowerQUICC II Literature
03&ꢀꢁꢂꢃ+3RZHU48,&&+,,+8VHU¶V+0DQXDO
/LWHUDWXUH+'LVWULEXWLRQ+&HQWHU+IRU+0RWRUROD
7HOHSKRQHꢑ+ꢅꢋꢀꢃꢃꢋꢇꢇꢅꢋꢁꢇꢇꢎ
)$;ꢑ+ꢏꢂꢃꢁꢐ+ꢍꢍꢇꢋꢂꢇꢆꢃ+RU+ꢏꢆꢃꢆꢐ+ꢂꢎꢌꢋꢁꢅꢌꢃ
(ꢋPDLOꢑ+OGFIRUPRWRUROD#KLEEHUWFRꢈFRP
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈPRWꢋVSVꢈFRPꢄ
Tundra PowerSpan PCI Bridge
3RZHU6SDQŒ
ꢏ+&$ꢍꢅ/ꢀꢁꢃꢃꢄ&$ꢍꢅ/ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢐ
3RZHU3&ꢄ3&,+%ULGJH
8VHU+0DQXDO
ꢀꢃ$ꢅꢃꢃꢃB0$ꢃꢃꢅBꢃꢀ
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈWXQGUDꢈFRP
118
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Infineon PEB22554 / QuadFALC T1/E1/J1 framer
4XDG+)UDPLQJ+DQG+/LQH+,QWHUIDFH+&RPSRQHQW+IRU+(ꢅ+ꢄ+7ꢅ+ꢄ+-ꢅ
4XDG)$/&+70
3(%+ꢁꢁꢌꢌꢇ+9HUVLRQ+ꢅꢈꢆ+
'DWD+6KHHW+ꢃꢎꢈꢁꢃꢃꢃ
,QILQHRQ+7HFKQRORJLHV+$*ꢉ
3ꢈ2ꢈ+%R[+ꢀꢃꢃꢍꢇꢍꢉ
ꢀꢅꢂꢃꢍ+0XQLFKꢉ+*HUPDQ\
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈLQILQHRQꢈFRPꢄSURGXFWVꢄFRPPLFVꢄ4XDG)$/&ꢈKWP
Intel LXT971A - 3.3V Dual-Speed Fast Ethernet Transceiver
,QWHO+&RUSRUDWLRQ+ꢏ6DQWD+&ODUDꢐ
ꢁꢁꢃꢃ+0LVVLRQ+&ROOHJH+%OYGꢈ
6DQWD+&ODUDꢉ+&DOLIRUQLD+ꢍꢌꢃꢌꢁꢋꢀꢅꢅꢍ
86$+7HOꢑ+ꢇꢃꢀꢋꢎꢂꢌꢋꢀꢃꢀꢃ+)D[ꢑ+ꢇꢃꢀꢋꢎꢂꢌꢋꢍꢍꢃꢇ
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈLQWHOꢈFRP
Motorola CompactPCI CPV8540B and MCPN750 carrier boards
&RUSRUDWH++HDGTXDUWHUV+0RWRUROD+&RPSXWHU+*URXS
ꢁꢍꢃꢃ+6RXWK+'LDEOR+:D\
7HPSHꢉ+$=+ꢀꢌꢁꢀꢁ
7HOꢑ+ꢏꢀꢃꢃꢐ+ꢎꢌꢍꢋꢅꢅꢃꢎ
KWWSꢑꢄꢄZZZꢈPRWꢈFRPꢄFRPSXWHU
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
120
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
AAL
ATM Adaptation Layer Service-dependent sublayer of the data link layer. The AAL accepts data
from different applications and presents it to the ATM layer in the form of 48-byte ATM payload segments.
AALs consist of two sublayers: CS and SAR. AALs differ on the basis of the source-destination timing used,
whether they use CBR or VBR, and whether they are used for connection-oriented or connectionless mode
data transfer. At present, the four types of AAL recommended by the ITU-T are AAL1, AAL2, AAL3/4, and
AAL5.
AAL1
ATM Adaptation Layer 1One of four AALs recommended by the ITU-T. AAL1 is used for con-
nection-oriented, delay-sensitive services requiring constant bit rates, such as uncompressed video and other
isochronous traffic.
AAL2
ATM Adaptation Layer 2 One of four AALs recommended by the ITU-T. AAL2 is used for con-
nection-oriented services that support a variable bit rate, such as some isochronous video and voice traffic.
ATM Adaptation Layer 3/4 One of four AALs (merged from two initially distinct adaptation
AAL3/4
layers) recommended by the ITU-T. AAL3/4 supports both connectionless and connection-oriented links, but
AAL5
ATM Adaptation Layer 5 One of four AALs recommended by the ITU-T. AAL5 supports con-
nection-oriented VBR services and is used predominantly for the transfer of classical IP over ATM and LANE
traffic. AAL5 uses SEAL and is the least complex of the current AAL recommendations. It offers low band-
width overhead and simpler processing requirements in exchange for reduced bandwidth capacity and error-
recovery capability.
AIN
user, and under user control, that requires improvement in network switch architecture, signaling capabilities,
and peripherals.
AMI
by 01 during each bit cell, and ones are represented by 11 or 00, alternately, during each bit cell. AMI requires
that the sending device maintain ones density. Ones density is not maintained independently of the data
stream. Sometimes called binary coded alternate mark inversion.
API
Application Programming Interface (1) The interface to a library of language-specific subroutines
(such as a graphics library) that implement higher-level functions. (2) A set of calling conventions defining
how a service is invoked through a software package.
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange The standard binary encoding of alpha-
betical characters, numbers, and other keyboard symbols.
Asynchronous Transfer Mode International standard for cell relay in which multiple service types
ATM
(such as voice, video, or data) are conveyed in fixed-length (53-byte) cells. Fixed-length cells allow cell pro-
cessing to occur in hardware, thereby reducing transit delays. ATM is designed to take advantage of high-
B8ZS
substituted whenever 8 consecutive zeros are sent over the link. This code is then interpreted at the remote
end of the connection. This technique guarantees ones density independent of the data stream. Sometimes
called bipolar 8-zero substitution.
B Channel
Bearer Channel In ISDN, a full-duplex, 64-kbps channel used to send user data.
Basic Input/Output System The built-in program that controls the basic functions of communica-
tions between the processor and the Input/Output (I/O) devices of a computer.
BIOS
BISDN
tions such as video. BISDN currently uses ATM technology over SONET-based transmission circuits to pro-
vide data rates from 155 to 622 Mbps and beyond.
bootROM
boot Read-Only Memory Chip mounted on the printed circuit board used to provide execut-
able boot instructions to a computer device.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
switched communication of voice, video, and data.
BSP Board Support Package A board support package consists of documentation and software used to
configure and install a specific operating system on a specific product.
addressed to an unknown destination and to forward multicast and broadcast traffic to the appropriate clients.
CAM
Content Addressable Memory Memory that is accessed based on its contents, not on its memory
address.
CBR
nections that depend on precise clocking to ensure undistorted delivery.
CCS
Common Channel Signaling Signaling system used in telephone networks that separates signaling
information from user data. A specified channel is exclusively designated to carry signaling information for
all other channels in the system.
COM
Communication or Communications
CompactPCI
for industrial and/or embedded applications requiring a more robust mechanical form factor than desktop PCI.
CompactPCI uses industry standard mechanical components and high performance connector technologies
to provide an optimized system intended for rugged applications. CompactPCI provides a system that is elec-
trically compatible with the PCI Specification, allowing low cost PCI components to be utilized in a mechan-
ical form factor suited for rugged environments. CompactPCI is an open specification supported by the
PICMG (PCI Industrial Computer Manufacturers Group), which is a consortium of companies involved in
utilizing PCI for embedded applications.
CPCS
It forms the boundary interface between the purely software implemented higher layer ATM protocols and
the segmentation and reassembly process controlled by hardware.
CPM
Communication Processing Module
CRC4
Cyclic Redundancy Check. Error-checking technique in which the frame recipient calculates a
remainder by dividing frame contents by a prime binary divisor and compares the calculated remainder to a
value stored in the frame by the sending node.
CS
ding and error checking. PDUs passed from the SSCS are appended with an 8-byte trailer (for error checking
and other control information) and padded, if necessary, so that the length of the resulting PDU is divisible
CSU
compliance to FCC regulations and preforms some line-conditioning functions.
1. Data Communications Equipment (EIA expansion). 2. Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
D Channel
DCE
(ITU-T expansion). Devices and connections of a communications network that comprise the network end of
the user-to-network interface. The DCE provides a physical connection to the network, forwards traffic, and
provides a clocking signal used to synchronize data transmission between DCE and DTE devices. Modems
and interface cards are examples of DCE.
DLCI
the basic Frame Relay specification, DLCIs are locally significant (connected devices might use different val-
ues to specify the same connection). In the LMI extended specification, DLCIs are globally significant
(DLCIs specify individual end devices).
DMA
Direct Memory Access The transfer of data directly into memory without supervision of the pro-
cessor. The data is passed on the bus directly between the memory and another device.
DPRAM
DS1
Dual Port Random Access Memory
Digital Signal level 1 Framing specification used in transmitting digital signals at 1.544-Mbps on a
Digital Signal level 3 Framing specification used for transmitting digital signals at 44.736 Mbps on
DS3
122
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
DSX1
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment Device at the user end of a user-network interface that serves as a data
source, destination, or both. DTE connects to a data network through a DCE device (for example, a modem)
and typically uses clocking signals generated by the DCE. DTE includes such devices as computers, protocol
translators, and multiplexers.
E1
E3
EEPROM
Wide-area digital transmission scheme used predominantly in Europe that carries data at a rate of
2.048 Mbps. E1 lines can be leased for private use from common carriers.
Wide-area digital transmission scheme used predominantly in Europe that carries data at a rate of
34.368 Mbps. E3 lines can be leased for private use from common carriers.
written as well as read form. Usually used to hold information about the current system configuration, alter-
nate boot paths, etc.
ELAN
END
EPLD
ES
Enhanced Network Driver
Electrically Programmable Logic Device
End System Generally, an end-user device on a network.
ESF
bits each, with the 193rd bit providing timing and other functions.
Intel, and Digital Equipment Corporation.
Federal Communications Commission The Government agency responsible for regulating tele-
communications in the United States.
Ethernet
FCC
FCC
Fast serial Communication Controllers Used to control the fast Ethernet port.
FDDI
token-passing network using fiber-optic cable, with transmission distances of up to 2 km. FDDI uses a dual-
ring architecture to provide redundancy.
Flash
Nonvolatile storage that can be electrically erased and reprogrammed so that software images can
be stored, booted, and rewritten as necessary.
Frame Relay
Industry-standard, switched data link layer protocol that handles multiple virtual circuits
using HDLC encapsulation between connected devices. Frame Relay is more efficient than X.25, the protocol
for which it is generally considered a replacement.
FTP
File Transfer Protocol Application protocol, part of the TCP/IP protocol stack, used for transferring
files between network nodes.
GB
GigaBytes 109 bytes per second.
Gigabits per second 109 bits per second.
Gbps
HDLC
High-Level Data Link Control Bit-oriented synchronous data link layer protocol developed by
ISO. Derived from SDLC, HDLC specifies a data encapsulation method on synchronous serial links using
frame characters and checksums.
IMA
IMMR
IP
Inverse Multiplexing over ATM Standard protocol defined by the ATM Forum in 1997.
Internal Memory Map Register
work service. IP provides features for addressing, type-of-service specification, fragmentation and reassem-
bly, and security.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network Communication protocol, offered by telephone companies,
that permits telephone networks to carry data, voice, and other source traffic.
International Organization for Standardization International organization that is responsible for
ISO
a wide range of standards, including those relevant to networking. ISO developed the OSI reference model, a
popular networking reference model.
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
ITU-T
International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector Interna-
tional body that develops worldwide standards for telecommunications technologies. The ITU-T carries out
the functions of the former CCITT.
J1
Japanese transmission standard
LAN
Local-Area Network High-speed, low-error data network covering a relatively small geographic
area (up to a few thousand meters). LANs connect workstations, peripherals, terminals, and other devices in
a single building or other geographically limited area. LAN standards specify cabling and signaling at the
physical and data link layers of the OSI model. Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring are widely used LAN tech-
nologies.
LANE
LAPB
LAN Emulation Client Entity in an end system that performs data forwarding, address resolution,
LEC
and other control functions for a single ES within a single ELAN. An LEC also provides a standard LAN ser-
vice interface to any higher-layer entity that interfaces to the LEC. Each LEC is identified by a unique ATM
LECS
ELANs by directing them to the LES that corresponds to the ELAN. There is logically one LECS per admin-
istrative domain, and this serves all ELANs within that domain.
LED
LES
LMI
Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor device used to provide visual indications, used in place of an
incandescent light. Also a semiconductor device used to transmit light into a fiber.
includes support for a keepalive mechanism, which verifies that data is flowing; a multicast mechanism,
which provides the network server with its local DLCI and the multicast DLCI; global addressing, which gives
DLCIs global rather than local significance in Frame Relay networks; and a status mechanism, which pro-
vides an on-going status report on the DLCIs known to the switch. Known as LMT in ANSI terminology.
MAC Address
Standardized data link layer address that is required for every port or device that connects
to a LAN. Other devices in the network use these addresses to locate specific ports in the network and to create
and update routing tables and data structures. MAC addresses are 6 bytes long and are controlled by the IEEE.
Also known as a hardware address, MAC-layer address, and physical address.
MCC
Multichannel Communication Controller
MiniDIN
MUX
Miniature multi-pin connector.
Multiplexer Combines multiple signals for transmission over a single line. The signals are demul-
tiplexed, or separated, at the receiving end
Network Termination 1 A device that provides the interface between customer premises equipment
and central office switching equipment.
NT1
NVRAM
OC3
develop standards for data networking that facilitate multivendor equipment interoperability.
Peripheral Component Interconnect A high-performance multiplexed address and data bus. Sup-
OSI
PCI
porting 32-bit with optional 64-bit data transfers, the PCI bus is intended to be an interconnect between
peripheral controllers, peripheral add-in boards, and processor/memory systems. The PCI bus operates at up
to 33 MHz, providing burst transfer rates up to 132 MBps 32 bits wide, or up to 264 MBps 64 bits wide.
PDN
Public Data Network Network operated either by a government (as in Europe) or by a private con-
cern to provide computer communications to the public, usually for a fee. PDNs enable small organizations
124
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
PDU
Protocol Data Unit A message of a given protocol comprising payload and protocol-specific control
information, typically contained in a header.
Level 3 and X.25 Protocol.
PLP
PMC
POST
Power-On-Self-Test Test that automatically runs whenever the power is applied to the
card.
PRI
Primary Rate Interface ISDN interface to primary rate access. Primary rate access consists of a sin-
PROMs can be programmed only once.
Permanent Virtual Circuit or Connection Virtual circuit that is permanently established. PVCs
PROM
PVC
save bandwidth associated with circuit establishment and tear down in situations where certain virtual circuits
QoS
Quality of Service Measure of performance for a transmission system that reflects its transmission
quality and service availability.
RAM
RISC
ROM
RTM
Rx
Random-Access Memory Volatile memory that can be read and written by a microprocessor.
Reduced Instruction Set Computing
Read-Only Memory Nonvolatile memory that can be read, but not written, by the microprocessor.
Rear Transition Module A module that provides network connections from the rear of a system.
Receive or Receiver
SAR
ing (at the source) and reassembling (at the destination) the PDUs passed from the CS. The SAR sublayer
takes the PDUs processed by the CS and, after dividing them into 48-byte pieces of payload data, passes them
SCC
Serial Communication Controller
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy European standard that defines a set of rate and format standards
that are transmitted using optical signals over fiber. SDH is similar to SONET, with a basic SDH rate of 155.52
SDLC
ented, full-duplex serial protocol that has spawned numerous similar protocols, including HDLC and LAPB.
Service Data Unit A unit of interface information whose identity is preserved from one end of a
layer connection to the other.
SDU
SDRAM
Synchronous Digital Random Access Memory
SEAL
without adding additional fields.
SIU
Serial Interface Unit
SMC
SMDS
Serial Management Controller
working technology offered by the telephone companies.
Systems Network Architecture Large, complex, feature-rich network architecture developed in the
1970s by IBM.
SNA
SONET
Synchronous Optical Network High-speed (up to 2.5 Gbps) synchronous network specification
developed by Bellcore and designed to run on optical fiber. STS1 is the basic building block of SONET.
Approved as an international standard in 1988.
SS7
SSCS
vice dependent, offers assured data transmission. The SSCS can be null as well, in classical IP over ATM or
LAN emulation implementations.
STM-1
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
STS
Synchronous Transport Signal
STS1
Mbps. Faster SONET rates are defined as STS-n, where n is a multiple of 51.84 Mbps.
SVC
Switched Virtual Circuit Virtual circuit that is dynamically established on demand and is torn
down when transmission is complete. SVCs are used in situations where data transmission is sporadic. Called
T1
T3
switching network.
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol Connection-oriented transport layer protocol that provides reliable
TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Common name for the suite of protocols
developed by the U.S. DoD in the 1970s to support the construction of worldwide internetworks. TCP and IP
are the two best-known protocols in the suite.
TFTP
one computer to another over a network.
Token Ring
a ring topology. Similar to IEEE 802.5.
TTY
Teletypewriter General term for an input device.
Tx
Transmit or Transmitter
USRBUF
A driver structure describing the use of a specific buffer containing payload data to be trans-
ferred using ATM. They can be linked together to allow non-contiguous areas of memory to be sent as one
unit.
X.25
minal access and computer communications in PDNs. X.25 specifies LAPB, a data link layer protocol, and
VBR
a Real Time (RT) class and Non-Real Time (NRT) class. VBR (RT) is used for connections in which there is
a fixed timing relationship between samples. VBR (NRT) is used for connections in which there is no fixed
timing relationship between samples, but that still need a guaranteed QoS.
VCC
Virtual Channel Identifier16-bit field in the header of an ATM cell. The VCI, together with the VPI,
VCI
is used to identify the next destination of a cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches on its way to its
destination. ATM switches use the VPI/VCI fields to identify the next network VCL that a cell needs to transit
on its way to its final destination. The function of the VCI is similar to that of the DLCI in Frame Relay.
VCL
VCLs.
VPI
Virtual Path Identifier 8-bit field in the header of an ATM cell. The VPI, together with the VCI, is
used to identify the next destination of a cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches on its way to its
destination. ATM switches use the VPI/VCI fields to identify the next VCL that a cell needs to transit on its
way to its final destination. The function of the VPI is similar to that of the DLCI in Frame Relay.
WAN
Wide-Area Network Data communications network that serves users across a broad geographic
area and often uses transmission devices provided by common carriers. Frame Relay, SMDS, and X.25 are
examples of WANs.
126
Interphase Corporation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
When using this index, keep in mind that a page number indicates only where referenced material begins.
It may extend to the page or pages following the page referenced.
B
T
C
V
CPM...................................................................
I
J
L
Local Space Mapping...........................................
M
P
R
S
4538 Hardware Reference Manual
127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|